---
title: "Life of Gaius Marius · Γάιος Μάριος"
author: "Plutarch"
translator: "Bernadotte Perrin"
languages: [grc, en]
shelf: "Classical Greek"
url: https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/
cite: "Plutarch, tr. Bernadotte Perrin, Life of Gaius Marius · Γάιος Μάριος. Scriptura (scriptura.si), https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/"
---

# Life of Gaius Marius · Γάιος Μάριος

*Plutarch, tr. Bernadotte Perrin*

Seven times consul: the war with Jugurtha, the Cimbri and Teutones beaten, and a bloody old age of civil war with Sulla.

> Greek: ed. Bernadotte Perrin, from the Perseus Digital Library (canonical-greekLit, tlg0007.tlg031, CC BY-SA 4.0).

> English: Bernadotte Perrin, from the Perseus Digital Library (tlg0007.tlg031.perseus-eng2). Notes are not included.

> Rows follow the references the two texts share (chapters and sections), cut where both reach the end of a sentence.

## Contents

1. [Chapters 1–14](https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/1.md)
2. [Chapters 14–25](https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/2.md)
3. [Chapters 25–36](https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/3.md)
4. [Chapters 37–46](https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/4.md)

## 1. Chapters 1–14

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/1/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/1/#p-N

[¶0] 1.1. Of a third name for Caius Marius we are ignorant, as we are in the case of Quintus Sertorius the subduer of Spain, and of Lucius Mummius the captor of Corinth; for Mummius received the surname of Achaïcus from his great exploit, as Scipio received that of Africanus, and Metellus that of Macedonicus.

> Greek: 1.1. Γαΐου Μαρίου τρίτον οὐκ ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν ὄνομα, καθάπερ οὐδὲ Κοΐντου Σερτωρίου τοῦ κατασχόντος Ἰβηρίαν, οὐδὲ Λευκίου Μομμίου τοῦ Κόρινθον ἑλόντος· ὁ γὰρ Ἀχαϊκὸς τούτῳ γε τῆς πράξεως ἐπώνυμον γέγονεν, ὡς ὁ Ἀφρικανὸς Σκηπίωνι καὶ ὁ Μακεδονικὸς Μετέλλῳ.

[¶1] 1.2. From this circumstance particularly Poseidonius thinks to confute those who hold that the third name is the Roman proper name, as, for instance, Camillus, Marcellus, or Cato; for if that were so, he says, then those with only two names would have had no proper name at all. But it escapes his notice that his own line of reasoning, if extended to women, robs them of their proper names; for no woman is given the first name, which Poseidonius thinks was the proper name among the Romans.

> Greek: 1.2. ἐξ οὗ καὶ μάλιστα Ποσειδώνιος ἐλέγχειν οἴεται τοὺς τὸ τρίτον ὄνομα Ῥωμαίοις κύριον εἶναι νομίζοντας, οἷον τὸν Κάμιλλον καὶ τὸν Μάρκελλον καὶ τὸν Κάτωνα· γίνεσθαι γὰρ ἂν ἀνωνύμους τοὺς ἀπὸ μόνων τῶν δυεῖν προσαγορευομένους. λανθάνει δὲ ἑαυτὸν ὅτι τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ πάλιν αὐτὸς ἀνωνύμους ποιεῖ τὰς γυναῖκας· οὐδεμιᾷ γάρ γυναικὶ τίθεται τῶν ὀνομάτων τὸ πρῶτον, ὅπερ οἴεται κύρίων ὄνομα Ῥωμαίοις ὑπάρχειν ὁ Ποσειδώνιος.

[¶2] 1.3. Moreover, of the other two names, one was common to the whole family, as in the case of the Pompeii, the Manlii, or the Cornelii (just as a Greek might speak of the Heracleidae or the Pelopidae), and the other was a cognomen or epithet, given with reference to their natures or their actions, or to their bodily appearances or defects, Macrinus, for example, or Torquatus, or Sulla (like the Greek Mnemon, Grypus, or Callinicus). However, in these matters the irregularity of custom furnishes many topics for discussion.

> Greek: 1.3. τῶν δὲ ἄλλων τὸ μὲν κοινὸν ἀπὸ συγγενείας, τοὺς Πομπηΐους καὶ τοὺς Μαλλίους καὶ τοὺς Κορνηλίους ὥσπερ ἂν Ἡρακλείδας τις εἴποι καὶ Πελοπίδας, τοῦτο δὲ προσηγορικὸν ἐξ ἐπιθέτου πρὸς τὰς φύσεις ἢ τὰς πράξεις ἢ τὰ τοῦ σώματος εἴδη καὶ πάθη τίθεσθαι, τὸν Μακρῖνον καὶ τὸν Τουρκουᾶτον καὶ τὸν Σύλλαν οἶόν ἐστιν ὁ Μνήμων ἢ ὁ Γρυπὸς ἢ ὁ Καλλίνικος, εἰς μὲν οὖν ταῦτα πολλὰς δίδωσιν ἐπιχειρήσεις ἡ τῆς συνηθείας ἀνωμαλία.

[¶3] 2.1. As for the personal appearance of Marius, we have seen a marble statue of him at Ravenna in Gaul, and it very well portrays the harshness and bitterness of character which are ascribed to him. For since he was naturally virile and fond of war, and since he received a training in military rather than in civil life, his temper was fierce when he came to exercise authority.

> Greek: 2.1. τῆς δὲ ὄψεως τῆς Μαρίου λιθίνην εἰκόνα κειμένην ἐν Ῥαβέννῃ τῆς Γαλατίας ἐθεώμεθα πάνυ τῇ λεγομένῃ περὶ τὸ ἦθος στρυφνότητι καὶ πικρίᾳ πρέπουσαν. ἀνδρώδης γὰρ φύσει καὶ πολεμικὸς γενόμενος, καὶ στρατιωτικῆς μᾶλλον ἢ πολιτικῆς παιδείας μεταλαβών, ἄκρατον ἐν ταῖς ἐξουσίαις τὸν θυμὸν ἔσχε.

[¶4] 2.2. Moreover, we are told that he never studied Greek literature, and never used the Greek language for any matter of real importance, thinking it ridiculous to study a literature the teachers of which were the subjects of another people; and when, after his second triumph and at the consecration of some temple, he furnished the public with Greek spectacles, though he came into the theatre, he merely sat down, and at once went away.

> Greek: 2.2. λέγεται δὲ μήτε γράμματα μαθεῖν Ἑλληνικὰ μήτε γλώττῃ πρὸς μηδὲν Ἑλληνίδι χρῆσθαι τῶν σπουδῆς ἐχομένων, ὡς γελοῖον γράμματα μανθάνειν ὧν οἱ διδάσκαλοι δουλεύοιεν ἑτέροις μετὰ δὲ τὸν δεύτερον θρίαμβον ἐπὶ ναοῦ τινος καθιερώσει θέας Ἐλληνικὰς παρέχων, εἰς τὸ θέατρον ἐλθὼν καὶ μόνον καθίσας εὐθὺς ἀπαλλαγῆναι.

[¶5] 2.3. Accordingly, just as Plato was wont to say often to Xenocrates the philosopher, who had the reputation of being rather morose in his disposition, “My good Xenocrates, sacrifice to the Graces,” so if Marius could have been persuaded to sacrifice to the Greek Muses and Graces, he would not have put the ugliest possible crown upon a most illustrious career in field and forum, nor have been driven by the blasts of passion, ill-timed ambition, and insatiable greed upon the shore of a most cruel and savage old age. However, his actual career shall at once bring this into clear view.

> Greek: 2.3. ὥσπερ οὖν Ξενοκράτει τῷ φιλοσόφῳ σκυθρωποτέρῳ δοκοῦντι τὸ ἦθος εἶναι πολλάκις εἰώθει λέγειν ὁ Πλάτων, Ὦ μακάριε Ξενόκρατες, θῦε ταῖς Χάρισιν, οὕτως εἴ τις ἔπεισε Μάριον θύειν ταῖς Ἑλληνικαῖς Μούσαις καὶ Χάρισιν, οὐκ ἂν ἐκπρεπεστάταις στρατηγίαις καὶ πολιτείαις ἀμορφοτάτην ἐπέθηκε κορωνίδα, ὑπὸ θυμοῦ καὶ φιλαρχίας ἀώρου καὶ πλεονεξιῶν ἀπαρηγορήτων εἰς ὠμότατον καὶ ἀγριώτατον γῆρας ἐξοκείλας. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν πράξεων αὐτῶν εὐθὺς θεωρείσθω.

[¶6] 3.1. Born of parents who were altogether obscure—poor people who lived by the labour of their own hands (Marius was his father’s name, Fulcinia that of his mother), it was not till late that he saw the city or got a taste of city ways. In the meantime he lived at Cirrhaeaton, a village in the territory of Arpinum, in a manner that was quite rude when compared with the polished life of a city, but temperate, and in harmony with the rearing which the ancient Romans gave their children.

> Greek: 3.1. γενόμενος δὲ γονέων παντάπασιν ἀδόξων, αὐτουργῶν δὲ καὶ πενήτων, πατρὸς μὲν ὁμωνύμου, μητρὸς δὲ Φουλκινίας, ὀψέ ποτε πόλιν εἶδε καὶ τῶν ἐν πόλει διατριβῶν ἐγεύσατο, τὸν δὲ ἄλλον χρόνον ἐν κώμῃ Κιρραιάτωνι τῆς Ἀρπίνης δίαιταν εἶχε, πρὸς μὲν ἀστεῖον καὶ γλαφυρὸν βίον ἀγροικοτέραν, σώφρονα δὲ καὶ ταῖς πάλαιῬωμαίων τροφαῖς ἐοικυῖαν.

[¶7] 3.2. His first service as a soldier was in a campaign against the Celtiberians, when Scipio Africanus was besieging Numantia, and he attracted the notice of his general by excelling the other young men in bravery, and by his very cheerful acceptance of the changed regimen which Scipio introduced into his army when it was spoiled by luxury and extravagance. It is said, too, that he encountered and laid low an enemy in the sight of his general.

> Greek: 3.2. πρώτην δὲ στρατείαν στρατευσάμενος ἐπὶ Κελτίβηρας, ὅτε Σκηπίων Ἀφρικανὸς Νομαντίαν ἐπολιόρκει, τὸν στρατηγὸν οὐκ ἐλάνθανεν ἀνδρείᾳ τῶν ἄλλων νέων διαφέρων καὶ τὴν μεταβολὴν τῆς διαίτης, ἣν ὑπὸ τρυφῆς καὶ πολυτελείας διεφθαρμένοις ἐπῆγε τοῖς στρατεύμασιν ὁ Σκηπίων, εὐκολώτατα προσδεχόμενος. λέγεται δὲ καὶ πολέμιον ἄνδρα συστὰς καταβαλεῖν ἐν ὄψει τοῦ στρατηγοῦ.

[¶8] 3.3. Therefore he was advanced by his commander to many honours; and once, when the talk after supper had to do with generals, and one of the company (either because he really wished to know or merely sought to please) asked Scipio where the Roman people would find any such chieftain and leader to follow him, Scipio, gently tapping Marius on the shoulder as he reclined next him, said, “Here, perhaps.” So gifted by nature were both men; the one in showing himself great while still a young man, and the other in discerning the end from the beginning.

> Greek: 3.3. διὸ ταῖς τε ἄλλαις προήγετο τιμαῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, καί ποτε λόγου μετὰ δεῖπνον ἐμπεσόντος ὑπὲρ στρατηγῶν, καὶ τῶν παρόντων ἑνὸς εἴτε ἀληθῶς διαπορήσαντος εἴτε πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἐρομένου τὸν Σκηπίωνα τίνα δὴ τοιοῦτον ἕξει μετʼ ἐκεῖνον ἡγεμόνα καὶ προστάτην ὁ Ῥωμαίων δῆμος, ὑπερκατακειμένου τοῦ Μαρίου τῇ χειρὶ τὸν ὦμον ἠρέμα πατάξας ὁ Σκηπίων, τάχα δὲ τοῦτον, εἶπεν. οὕτως εὐφυὴς ἦν ὁ μὲν ἐκ μειρακίου φανῆναι μέγας, ὁ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς τὸ τέλος νοῆσαι.

[¶9] 4.1. So, then, Marius, filled with high hopes, we are told, by this speech of Scipio in particular, as if it were a divine utterance in prophecy, set out upon a political career, and was made tribune of the people with the assistance of Caecilius Metellus, of whose house he had always been an hereditary adherent.

> Greek: 4.1. τὸν δ’ οὖν Μάριον ὑπὸ ταύτης λέγεται μάλιστα τῆς φωνῆς, ὥσπερ ὑπὸ θείας κληδόνος, ἐπαρθέντα ταῖς ἐλπίσιν ὁρμῆσαι πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν, καὶ τυχεῖν δημαρχίας Κεκιλίου Μετέλλου σπουδάσαντος, οὗ τὸν οἶκον ἐξ ἀρχῆς καὶ πατρόθεν ἐθεράπευεν.

[¶10] 4.2. While serving as tribune he introduced a law concerning the mode of voting, which, as it was thought, would lessen the power of the nobles in judicial cases; whereupon Cotta the consul opposed him and persuaded the senate to contest the law, and to summon Marius before it to explain his procedure. The senate voted to do this, and Marius appeared before it. He did not, however, behave like a young man who had just entered political life without any brilliant services behind him, but assumed at once the assurance which his subsequent achievements gave him, and threatened to hale Cotta off to prison unless he had the vote rescinded.

> Greek: 4.2. ἐν δὲ τῇ δημαρχίᾳ νόμον τινὰ περὶ ψηφοφορίας γράφοντος αὐτοῦ δοκοῦντα τῶν δυνατῶν ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν περὶ τὰς κρίσεις ἰσχύν, ἐνιστάμενος Κόττας ὁ ὕπατος συνέπεισε τὴν βουλὴν τῷ μὲν νόμῳ μάχεσθαι, τὸν δὲ Μάριον καλεῖν λόγον ὑφέξοντα. καὶ τοῦ δόγματος τούτου γραφέντος εἰσελθὼν ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἔπαθε νέου πάθος ἀπὸ μηδενὸς λαμπροῦ προεληλυθότος ἄρτι πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτῷ διδοὺς ἤδη φρονεῖν ἡλίκον αἱ μετέπειτα πράξεις ἔδωκαν, ἠπείλησε τὸν Κότταν ἀπάξειν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον, εἰ μὴ διαγράψειε τὸ δόγμα.

[¶11] 4.3. Cotta then turned to Metellus and asked him to express his opinion, and Metellus, rising in his place, concurred with the consul; but Marius called in the officer and ordered him to conduct Metellus himself to prison. Metellus appealed to the other tribunes, but none of them came to his support, so the senate gave way and rescinded its vote. Marius therefore came forth in triumph to the people and got them to ratify his law. Men now thought him superior to fear, unmoved by respect of persons, and a formidable champion of the people in opposition to the senate.

> Greek: 4.3. τοῦ δὲ πρὸς Μέτελλον τραπομένου καὶ γνώμην ἐρωτῶντος, Μέτελλος μὲν ἀναστὰς συνηγόρει τῷ ὑπάτῳ, Μάριος δὲ τὸν ὑπηρέτην μεταπεμψάμενος ἔξωθεν ἐκέλευεν ἀπάγειν αὐτὸν τὸν Μέτελλον εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον. ἐκείνου δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπικαλουμένου δημάρχους ἐβοήθει μὲν οὐδείς, ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος εἴξασα προήκατο τὸ δόγμα, καὶ λαμπρὸς ἐξελάσας ὁ Μάριος εἰς τὸ πλῆθος ἐκύρωσε τὸν νόμον, δόξας ἄκαμπτος μὲν εἶναι πρὸς φόβον, ἄτρεπτος δὲ ὑπʼ· αἰδοῦς, δεινὸς δὲ κατὰ τῆς βουλῆς ἀνίστασθαι χάριτι τῶν πολλῶν δημαγωγῶν.

[¶12] 4.4. However, this opinion was quickly modified by another political procedure of his. For when a law was introduced providing for the distribution of grain to the citizens, he opposed it most strenuously and carried the day, thereby winning for himself an equal place in the esteem of both parties as a man who favoured neither at the expense of the general good.

> Greek: 4.4. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ ταύτην μὲν ταχέως μετέστησεν ἑτέρῳ πολιτεύματι τὴν δόξαν. νόμου γάρ εἰσφερομένου περὶ σίτου διανομῆς τοῖς πολίταις ἐναντιωθεὶς ἐρρωμενέστατα καὶ κρατήσας, εἰς τὸ ἴσον ἑαυτὸν κατέστησε τῇ τιμῇ πρὸς ἀμφοτέρους ὡς μηδετέροις παρὰ τὸ συμφέρον χαριζόμενος.

[¶13] 5.1. After his tribuneship, he became a candidate for the higher aedileship. For there are two classes of aediles, one taking its name of “curule” from the chairs with curving feet on which the magistrates sit in the exercise of their functions, the other, and the inferior, being called “plebeian.” When the superior aediles have been elected, the people cast a second vote for the others.

> Greek: 5.1. μετὰ δὲ τὴν δημαρχίαν ἀγορανομίαν τὴν μείζονα παρήγγειλε, δύο γάρ εἰσι τάξεις ἀγορανομιῶν, ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν δίφρων τῶν ἀγκυλοπόδων, ἐφʼ ὧν καθεζόμενοι χρηματίζουσιν, ἔχουσα τοὔνομα τῆς ἀρχῆς, τὴν δ’ ὑποδεεστέραν δημοτικὴν καλοῦσιν. ὅταν δὲ τοὺς ἐντιμοτέρους ἕλωνται περὶ τῶν ἑτέρων πάλιν τὴν ψῆφον λαμβάνουσιν.

[¶14] 5.2. Accordingly, when it was clear that Marius was losing his election to the higher office, he immediately changed his tactics and applied for the other. But men thought him bold and obstinate, and he was defeated; nevertheless, although he had met with two failures in one day, a thing which had never happened to any candidate before, he did not lower his assurance in the least, but not long afterwards became a candidate for the praetorship and narrowly missed defeat; he was returned last of all, and was prosecuted for bribery.

> Greek: 5.2. ὡς οὖν ὁ Μάριος φανερὸς ἦν λειπόμενος ἐν ἐκείνῃ, ταχὺ μεταστὰς αὖθις ᾔτει τὴν ἑτέραν. δόξας δὲ θρασὺς εἶναι καὶ αὐθάδης ἀπέτυχε· καὶ δυσὶν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ περιπεσὼν ἀποτεύξεσιν, ὃ μηδεὶς ἔπαθεν ἂλλος, οὐδὲ μικρὸν ὑφήκατο τοῦ φρονήματος, ὕστερον δὲ οὐ πολλῷ στρατηγίαν μετελθὼν ὀλίγον ἐδέησεν ἐκπεσεῖν, ἔσχατος δὲ πάντων ἀναγορευθεὶς δίκην ἔσχε δεκασμοῦ.

[¶15] 5.3. Suspicion was chiefly aroused by the sight of a servant of Cassius Sabaco inside the palings among the voters; for Sabaco was an especial friend of Marius. Sabaco was therefore summoned before the court, and testified that the heat had made him so thirsty that he had called for cold water, and that his servant had come in to him with a cup, and had then at once gone away after his master had drunk.

> Greek: 5.3. μάλιστα δὲ ὑποψίαν παρέσχε Κασσίου Σαβάκωνος οἰκέτης ὀφθεὶς ἐντὸς τῶν δρυφάκτων ἀναμεμειγμένος τοῖς φέρουσι τὰς ψήφους· ὁ γὰρ Σαβάκων ἦν ἑταῖρος ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Μαρίον. κληθεὶς οὖν οὗτος ὑπὸ τῶν δικαστῶν ἔφη διὰ τὸ καῦμα διψήσας ὕδωρ ψυχρὸν αἰτῆσαι καὶ τὸν οἰκέτην ἔχοντα ποτήριον εἰσελθεῖν πρὸς αὐτόν, εἶτʼ εὐθὺς οἲχεσθαι πιόντος.

[¶16] 5.4. Sabaco, however, was expelled from the senate by the censors of the next year, and it was thought that he deserved this punishment, either because he had given false testimony, or because of his intemperance. But Caius Herennius also was brought in as a witness against Marius, and pleaded that it was contrary to established usage for patrons (the Roman term for our representatives at law) to bear witness against clients, and that the law relieved them of this necessity; and not only the parents of Marius but Marius himself had originally been clients of the house of the Herennii.

> Greek: 5.4. οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα τιμητῶν ἐξέπεσε τῆς βουλῆς, ἐπιτήδειος εἶναι παθεῖν τοῦτο δόξας ἢ διὰ τὴν ψευδομαρτυρίαν ἢ διὰ τὴν ἀκρασίαν ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν Μάριον καὶ Γάϊος Ἑρέννιος μάρτυς εἰσαχθεὶς οὐκ ἔφη ἡ πάτριον εἶναι καταμαρτυρεῖν πελατῶν, ἀλλὰ τὸν νόμον ἀφιέναι ταύτης τῆς ἀνάγκης τοὺς πάτρωνας οὕτως γάρ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τοὺς προστάτας καλοῦσι, τοῦ δ’ Ἑρεννίων οἴκου τοὺς Μαρίου γονεῖς καὶ Μάριον αὐτὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς γεγονέναι πελάτας.

[¶17] 5.5. The jurors accepted this plea in avoidance of testimony, but Marius himself contradicted Herennius, declaring that as soon as he had been elected to his magistracy he had ceased to be a client; which was not altogether true. For it is not every magistracy that frees its occupants (as well as their posterity) from their relations to a patron, but only that to which the law assigns the curule chair. However, although during the first days of the trial Marius fared badly and found the jurors severe towards him, on the last day, contrary to all expectation, there was a tie vote and he was acquitted.

> Greek: 5.5. ἀποδεξαμένων δὲ τὴν ἀπόρρησιν τῆς μαρτυρίας τῶν δικαστῶν αὐτὸς ἀντεῖπεν ὁ Μάριος πρὸς τὸν Ἑρέννιον ὡς, ὅτε πρῶτον ἄρχων ἀνηγορεύθη, τὸν πελάτην ἐκβεβηκώς· ὅπερ ἦν οὐ παντάπασιν ἀληθές, ἀρχὴ γὰρ οὐ πᾶσα τοῦ νέμειν προστάτην ἀπαλλάσσει τοὺς τυχόντας αὐτοὺς καὶ γένος, ἀλλʼ ᾗ τὸν ἀγκυλόποδα δίφρον ὁ νόμος δίδωσιν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ ταῖς πρώταις ἡμέραις ἐν τῇ δίκῃ κακῶς πράττων ὁ Μάριος καὶ χαλεποῖς χρώμενος τοῖς δικασταῖς, τῇ τελευταίᾳ παραλόγως ἀπέφυγεν ἴσων τῶν ψήφων γενομένων.

[¶18] 6.1. Well, then, for his praetorship Marius got only moderate commendation. After his praetorship, however, the province of Farther Spain was allotted to him, and here he is said to have cleared away the robbers, although the province was still uncivilized in its customs and in a savage state, and robbery was at that time still considered a most honourable occupation by the Spaniards. But when he returned to political life, he had neither wealth nor eloquence, with which the magnates of the time used to influence the people.

> Greek: 6.1. ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ στρατηγίᾳ μετρίως ἐπαινούμενον ἑαυτὸν παρέσχε, μετὰ δὲ τὴν στρατηγίαν κλήρῳ λαβὼν τὴν ἐκτὸς Ἰβηρίαν λέγεται καθᾶραι λῃστηρίων τὴν ἐπαρχίαν ἀνήμερον οὖσαν ἔτι τοῖς ἐθισμοῖς καὶ θηριώδη, καὶ τὸ λῃστεύειν οὔπω τότε τῶν Ἰβήρων οὐχὶ κάλλιστον ἡγουμένων, ἐν δὲ τῇ πολιτείᾳ γενόμενος οὐκ εἶχεν οὔτε πλοῦτον οὔτε λόγον, οἷς ἦγον οἱ τότε μάλιστα τιμώμενοι τὸν δῆμον.

[¶19] 6.2. Still, the very intensity of his assurance, his indefatigable labours, and his plain and simple way of living, won him a certain popularity among his fellow citizens, and his honours brought him increasing influence, so that he married into the illustrious family of the Caesars and became the husband of Julia, who was the aunt of that Caesar who in after times became greatest among the Romans, and in some degree, because of his relationship, made Marius his example, as I have stated in his Life.

> Greek: 6.2. αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν ἀνάτασιν τοῦ φρονήματος καὶ τὸ περὶ τοὺς πόνους ἐνδελεχὲς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ δημοτικὸν τῆς διαίτης ἔν τινι σπουδῇ τιθεμένων τῶν πολιτῶν ηὐξάνετο τῇ τιμῇ πρὸς δύναμιν, ὥστε καὶ γάμον γῆμαι λαμπρὸν οἰκίας ἐπιφανοῦς τῆς Καισάρων Ἰουλίαν, ἧς ἦν ἀδελφιδοῦς Καῖσαρ ὁ χρόνοις ὕστερον Ῥωμαίων μέγιστος γενόμενος καί τι κατʼ οἰκειότητα ζηλώσας Μάριον, ὡς ἐν τοῖς περὶ ἐκείνου γέγραπται.

[¶20] 6.3. There is testimony both to the temperance of Marius, and also to his fortitude, of which his behaviour under a surgical operation is a proof. He was afflicted in both legs, as it would appear, with varicose veins, and as he disliked the deformity, he resolved to put himself into the physician’s hands. Refusing to be bound, he presented to him one leg, and then, without a motion or a groan, but with a steadfast countenance and in silence, endured incredible pain under the knife. When, however, the physician was proceeding to treat the other leg, Marius would suffer him no further, declaring that he saw the cure to be not worth the pain.

> Greek: 6.3. τῷ δὲ Μαρίῳ καὶ σωφροσύνην μαρτυροῦσι καὶ καρτερίαν, ἧς δεῖγμα καὶ τὸ περὶ τὴν χειρουργίαν ἐστίν, ἰξιῶν γάρ, ὡς ἔοικε, μεγάλων ἀνάπλεως ἄμφω τὰ σκέλη γεγονὼς καὶ τὴν ἀμορφίαν δυσχεραίνων ἔγνω παρασχεῖν ἑαυτὸν τῷ ἰατρῷ· καὶ παρέσχεν ἄδετος θάτερον σκέλος, οὐδὲν κινηθεὶς οὐδὲ στενάξας, ἀλλὰ καθεστῶτι τῷ προσώπῳ καὶ μετὰ σιωπῆς ὑπερβολάς τινας ἀλγηδόνων ἐν ταῖς τομαῖς ἀνασχόμένος·, τὸν δ̓· ἰατροῦ μετιόντος ἐπὶ θάτερον οὐκέτι παρέσχε, φήσας ὁρᾶν τὸ ἐπανόρθωμα τῆς ἀλγηδόνος οὐκ ἄξιον.

[¶21] 7.1. When Caecilius Metellus the consul was appointed commander-in-chief for the war against Jugurtha, he took Marius with him to Africa in the capacity of legate. Here, in essaying great exploits and brilliant struggles, Marius was not careful, like the rest, to enhance the glory of Metellus and conduct himself in his interests; and deeming that he had not so much been called by Metellus to the office of legate as he was being introduced by Fortune into a most favourable opportunity as well as a most spacious theatre for exploits, he made a display of every sort of bravery.

> Greek: 7.1. ἐπεὶ δὲ Καικίλιος Μέτελλος ἀποδειχθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸν κατὰ Ἰουγούρθα πόλεμον ὕπατος στρατηγὸς εἰς Λιβύην ἐπηγάγετο πρεσβευτὴν Μάριον, ἐνταῦθα πράξεων μεγάλων καὶ λαμπρῶν ἀγώνων ἐπιλαβόμενος τὸ μὲν αὔξειν τὸν Μέτελλον, ὥσπερ οἱ λοιποί, καὶ πολιτεύεσθαι πρὸς ἐκεῖνον εἴασε χαίρειν· ἀξιῶν δὲ οὐχ ὑπὸ Μετέλλου κεκλῆσθαι πρεσβευτής, ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς τύχης εἰς εὐφυέστατον καιρὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ μέγιστον εἰσάγεσθαι πράξεων θέατρον, ἐπεδείκνυτο πᾶσαν ἀνδραγαθίαν.

[¶22] 7.2. And though the war brought many hardships, he neither shunned any great labour, nor disdained any that were small, but surpassed the officers of his own rank in giving good counsel and foreseeing what was advantageous, and vied with the common soldiers in frugality and endurance, thereby winning much goodwill among them.

> Greek: 7.2. καὶ πολλὰ τοῦ πολέμου δυσχερῆ φέροντος οὔτε τῶν μεγάλων τινὰ πόνων ὑποτρέσας οὔτε τῶν μικρῶν ἀπαξιώσας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν ὁμοτίμους εὐβουλίᾳ καὶ προνοίᾳ τοῦ συμφέροντος ὑπερβαλλόμενος, πρὸς δ’ τοὺς στρατιώτας ὑπὲρ εὐτελείας καὶ καρτερίας διαμιλλώμενος εὔνοιαν ἔσχε πολλὴν παρʼ αὐτοις.

[¶23] 7.3. For as a general thing it would seem that every man finds solace for his labours in seeing another voluntarily share those labours; this seems to take away the element of compulsion; and it is a most agreeable spectacle for a Roman soldier when he sees a general eating common bread in public, or sleeping on a simple pallet, or taking a hand in the construction of some trench or palisade. For they have not so much admiration for those leaders who share honour and riches with them as for those who take part in their toils and dangers, but have more affection for those who are willing to join in their toils than for those who permit them to lead an easy life. By doing all these things and thereby winning the hearts of the soldiers, Marius soon filled Africa, and soon filled Rome, with his name and fame, and men in the camp wrote to those at home that there would be no end or cessation of the war against the Barbarian unless they chose Caius Marius consul.

> Greek: 7.3. ὅλως μὲν γάρ ἔοικε τοῦ κάμνειν ἑκάστῳ παραμυθία τὸ συγκάμνον ἑκουσίως εἶναι· δοκεῖ γὰρ ἀφαιρεῖν τὴν ἀνάγκην· ἥδιστον δὲ Ῥωμαίῳ θέαμα στρατιώτῃ στρατηγὸς ἐσθίων ἐν ὄψει κοινὸν ἄρτον ἢ κατακείμενος ἐπὶ στιβάδος εὐτελοῦς ἢ περὶ ταφρείαν τινὰ καὶ χαράκωσιν ἔργου συνεφαπτόμενος, οὐ γάρ οὕτως τοὺς τιμῆς καὶ χρημάτων μεταδιδόντας ὡς τοὺς πόνου καὶ κινδύνου μεταλαμβάνοντας ἡγεμόνας θαυμάζουσιν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀγαπῶσι τῶν ῥᾳθυμεῖν ἐπιτρεπόντων τοὺς συμπονεῖν ἐθέλοντας, ταῦτα πάντα ποιῶν ὁ Μάριος καὶ διὰ τούτων τοὺς στρατιώτας δημαγωγῶν ταχὺ μὲν ἐνέπλησε τὴν Λιβύην, ταχὺ δὲ τὴν Ῥώμην, ὀνόματος καὶ δόξης, τῶν ἀπὸ στρατοπέδου τοῖς οἴκοι γραφόντων ὡς οὐκ ἔστι πέρας οὐδὲ ἀπαλλαγὴ τοῦ πρὸς τὸν βάρβαρον πολέμου μὴ Γάϊον Μάριον ἑλομένοις ὕπατον.

[¶24] 8.1. At all this Metellus was evidently displeased. But it was the affair of Turpillius that most vexed him. This Turpillius was an hereditary guest-friend of Metellus, and at this time was serving in his army as chief of engineers. But he was put in charge of Vaga, a large city, and because he relied for safety on his doing the inhabitants no wrong, but rather treating them with kindness and humanity, he unawares came into the power of the enemy; for they admitted Jugurtha into their city. Still, they did Turpillius no harm, but obtained his release and sent him away safe and sound.

> Greek: 8.1. ἐφʼ οἷς δῆλος ἦν ὁ Μέτελλος ἀχθόμενος. μάλιστα δ’ αὐτὸν ἠνίασε τὸ περὶ Τουρπίλλιον. οὗτος γὰρ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἦν μὲν ἐκ πατέρων ξένος τῷ Μετέλλῳ καὶ τότε τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν τεκτόνων ἔχων ἀρχὴν συνεστράτευε· φρουρῶν δὲ Βάγαν, πόλιν μεγάλην, καὶ τῷ μηδὲν ἀδικεῖν τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας, ἀλλὰ πράως καὶ φιλανθρώπως αὐτοῖς προσφέρεσθαι πιστεύων, ἔλαθεν ὑποχείριος τοῖς πολεμίοις γενόμενος., παρεδέξαντο γάρ τὸν Ἰουγούρθαν, τὸν δὲ Τουρπίλλιον οὐδὲν ἠδίκησαν, ἀλλὰ σῷον ἐξαιτησάμενοι διῆκαν. ἔσχεν οὖν αἰτίαν προδοσίας·

[¶25] 8.2. Accordingly, a charge of treachery was brought against him; and Marius, who was a member of the council which tried the case, was himself bitter, and exasperated most of the others against the accused, so that Metellus was reluctantly forced to pass sentence of death upon him. After a short time, however, the charge was found to be false, and almost everybody sympathized with Metellus in his grief; but Marius, full of joy and claiming the condemnation as his own work, was not ashamed to go about saying that he had fastened upon the path of Metellus a daemon who would avenge the murder of a guest-friend.

> Greek: 8.2. καὶ παρὼν ὁ Μάριος τῇ κρίσει σύμβουλος αὐτὸς τέ οἱ πικρὸς ἦν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων παρώξυνε τοὺς πλείστους, ὥστε ἄκοντα τὸν Μέτελλον ἐκβιασθῆναι καὶ καταψηφίσασθαι θάνατον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. μετʼ ὀλίγον δὲ τῆς αἰτίας ψευδοῦς φανείσης, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι συνήχθοντο τῷ Μετέλλῳ βαρέως φέροντι, Μάριος δὲ χαίρων καὶ ποιούμενος ἴδιον τὸ ἔργον οὐκ ᾐσχύνετο λέγειν περιιών ὡς αὑτὸς εἴη προστετριμμένος ἀλάστορα τῷ Μετέλλῳ ξενοκτόνον.

[¶26] 8.3. In consequence of this there was open enmity between the two men; and we are told that on one occasion when Marius was present Metellus said to him as if in mockery: “Dost thou purpose to leave us, my good Sir, and sail for home, and stand for the consulship? Pray will it not satisfy thee to be fellow-consul with this my son?” Now the son of Metellus was at this time a mere stripling.

> Greek: 8.3. ἐκ τούτου φανερῶς ἀπηχθάνοντο· καὶ λέγεταὶ ποτε τοῦ Μαρίου παρόντος οἷον ἐφυβρίζων ὁ Μέτελλος εἰπεῖν, σὺ δὴ καταλιπὼν ἡμᾶς, ὦ γενναῖε, πλεῖν ἐπʼ οἴκου διανοῇ καὶ παραγγέλλειν ὑπατείαν; οὐ γάρ ἀγαπήσεις, ἂν τᾠμῷ παιδὶ τούτῳ συνυπατεύσῃς; ἦν δ’ ὁ παῖς τότε τοῦ Μετέλλου παντάπασι μειράκιον.

[¶27] 8.4. However, Marius was eager to be dismissed, and so, after making many postponements, and when only twelve days remained before the election of consuls, Metellus dismissed him. Marius accomplished the long journey from the camp to Utica and the sea in two days and one night, and offered sacrifice before he sailed. And the seer is said to have told him that the Deity revealed for Marius successes that were of incredible magnitude and beyond his every expectation.

> Greek: 8.4. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τοῦ Μαρίου σπουδάζοντος ἀφεθῆναι, πολλὰς ἀναβολὰς ποιησάμενος, ἔτι δώδεκα λειπομένων ἡμερῶν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ὑπάτων ἀνάδειξιν, ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν, ὁ δὲ πολλὴν ἀπὸ στρατοπέδου τὴν ἐπὶ θάλασσαν εἰς Ἰτύκην ὁδὸν ἡμέραις δυσὶ καὶ μιᾷ νυκτὶ συνελών ἔθυε πρὸ τοῦ πλοῦ. καὶ λέγεται τὸν μάντιν εἰπεῖν ὡς ἀπίστους τινὰς τὸ μέγεθος καὶ κρείττονας ἐλπίδος ἁπάσης εὐπραξίας προφαίνοι τῷ Μαρίῳ τὸ δαιμόνιον.

[¶28] 8.5. Elated by this prophecy he put to sea. In three days he crossed the sea with a favouring wind, and was at once welcomed gladly by the populace, and after being introduced to the assembly by one of the tribunes, he first made many slanderous charges against Metellus, and then asked for the consulship, promising that he would either kill Jugurtha or take him alive.

> Greek: 8.5. ὁ δὲ τούτοις ἐπαρθεὶς ἀνήχθη. καὶ τὸ πέλαγος τεταρταῖος οὐρίῳ πνεύματι περάσας αὐτίκα τε τῷ δήμῳ ποθεινὸς ὤφθη, καὶ προαχθεὶς ὑπό τινος τῶν δημάρχων εἰς τὸ πλῆθος ἐπὶ πολλαῖς κατὰ τοῦ Μετέλλου διαβολαῖς ᾐτεῖτο τὴν ἀρχήν, ὑπισχνούμενος ἢ κτενεῖν ἢ ζῶντα λήψεσθαι τὸν Ἰουγούρθαν.

[¶29] 9.1. He was triumphantly elected, and at once began to levy troops. Contrary to law and custom he enlisted many a poor and insignificant man, although former commanders had not accepted such persons, but bestowed arms, just as they would any other honour, only on those whose property assessment made them worthy to receive these, each soldier being supposed to put his substance in pledge to the state.

> Greek: 9.1. ἀναγορευθεὶς δὲ λαμπρῶς εὐθὺς ἐστρατολόγει, παρὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ τὴν συνήθειαν πολὺν τὸν ἄπορον καὶ φαῦλον καταγράφων, τῶν πρόσθεν ἡγεμόνων οὐ προσδεχομένων τοὺς τοιούτους, ἀλλʼ, ὥσπερ ἄλλο τι τῶν καλῶν, τὰ ὅπλα μετὰ τιμῆς τοῖς ἀξίοις νεμόντων, ἐνέχυρον τὴν οὐσίαν ἑκάστου τιθέναι δοκοῦντος.

[¶30] 9.2. It was not this, however, that brought most odium upon Marius, but the boldly insolent and arrogant speeches with which he vexed the nobles, crying out that he had carried off the consulship as spoil from the effeminacy of the rich and well-born, and that he had wounds upon his own person with which to vaunt himself before the people, not monuments of the dead nor likenesses of other men.

> Greek: 9.2. οὐ μὴν ταῦτά γε μάλιστα διέβαλλε τὸν Μάριον, ἀλλʼ οἱ λόγοι θρασεῖς ὄντες ὑπεροψίᾳ καὶ ὕβρει τοὺς πρώτους ἐλύπουν, σκῦλόν τε βοῶντος αὐτοῦ τὴν ὑπατείαν φέρεσθαι τῆς τῶν εὐγενῶν καὶ πλουσίων μαλακίας, καὶ τραύμασιν οἰκείοις πρὸς τὸν δῆμον, οὐ μνήμασι νεκρῶν οὐδὲ ἀλλοτρίαις εἰκόσι νεανιεύεσθαι.

[¶31] 9.3. Often, too, he would mention by name the generals in Africa who had been unsuccessful, now Bestia, and now Albinus, men of illustrious houses indeed, but unfortunate themselves, and unwarlike, who had met with disaster through lack of experience; and he would ask his audience if they did not think that the ancestors of these men would have much preferred to leave descendants like himself, since they themselves had been made illustrous, not by their noble birth, but by their valour and noble deeds.

> Greek: 9.3. πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀτυχήσαντας ἐν Λιβύῃ στρατηγούς, τοῦτο μὲν Βηστίαν, τοῦτο δὲ Ἀλβῖνον, ἀνθρώπους οἴκων μὲν ἐπιφανῶν, αὐτοὺς δὲ τύχῃ σφαλέντας, ἀποχέμους καὶ διʼ ἀπειρίαν πταίσαντας ὀνομάζων, ἐπυνθάνετο τῶν παρόντων εἰ μὴ καὶ τοὺς ἐκείνων οἴονται προγόνους αὐτῷ μᾶλλον ἂν εὔξασθαι παραπλησίους ἐκγόνους ἀπολιπεῖν, ἅτε δὴ μηδὲ αὐτοὺς διʼ εὐγένειαν, ἀλλʼ ὑπʼ ἀρετῆς καὶ καλῶν ἔργων ἐνδόξους γενομένους.

[¶32] 9.4. Such talk was not mere empty boasting, nor was his desire to make himself hated by the nobility without purpose; indeed the people, who were delighted to have the senate insulted and always measured the greatness of a man’s spirit by the boastfulness of his speech, encouraged him, and incited him not to spare men of high repute if he wished to please the multitude.

> Greek: 9.4. ταῦτα δὲ οὐ κενῶς οὐδὲ ἀλαζονικῶς ἔλεγεν οὐδὲ μάτην ἀπεχθάνεσθαι τοῖς δυνατοῖς βουλόμενος, ἀλλʼ ὁ δῆμος αὐτόν, ἡδόμενός τε τῇ βουλῇ προπηλακιζομένῃ καὶ λόγου κόμπῳ μετρῶν ἀεὶ φρονήματος μέγεθος, ἐξεκούφιζε, καὶ συνεξώρμα μὴ φείδεσθαι τῶν ἀξιολόγων, χαριζόμενον τοῖς πολλοῖς.

[¶33] 10.1. When he had crossed to Africa, Metellus, now become a victim of jealousy, and vexed because, after he had brought the war to an end and had nothing further to do except to seize the person of Jugurtha, Marius was coming to enjoy the crown and the triumph,—a man whose ingratitude towards his benefactor had raised him to power,—would not consent to meet him, but privately left the country while Rutilius, who had become his legate, handed over the army to Marius.

> Greek: 10.1. ὡς δὲ διέπλευσεν εἰς Λιβύην, Μέτελλος μὲν ἥττων τοῦ φθόνου γενόμενος, καὶ περιπαθῶν ὅτι, κατειργασμένου τὸν πόλεμον αὐτοῦ καὶ μηδὲν ὑπόλοιπον ἣ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰουγούρθα λαβεῖν ἔχοντος, ἥκει Μάριος ἐπὶ τὸν στέφανον καὶ τὸν θρίαμβον, ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἀχαριστίας ηὐξημένος, οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ συνελθεῖν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς μὲν ὑπεξεχώρησε, Ῥουτίλιος δὲ τὸ στράτευμα τῷ Μαρίῳ παρέδωκε, πρεσβευτὴς γενονὼς τοῦ Μετέλλου.

[¶34] 10.2. And in the end a retribution fell upon Marius; for Sulla robbed him of the glory of his success, as Marius had robbed Metellus. How this came to pass, I will narrate briefly, since the details are given more at length in my Life of Sulla. Bocchus, the king of the Barbarians in the interior, was a son-in-law of Jugurtha, and apparently gave him little or no assistance in his war, alleging his faithlessness as an excuse, and fearing the growth of his power.

> Greek: 10.2. καὶ περιῆλθέ τις νέμεσις ἐν τῷ τέλει τῶν πράξεων Μάριον ἀφῃρέθη γάρ ὑπὸ Σύλλα τὴν τοῦ κατορθώματος δόξαν, ὡς ὑπʼ ἐκείνου Μέτελλος· ὃν τρόπον δέ, ἀφηγήσομαι βραχέως, ἐπεὶ τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον μᾶλλον ἐν τοῖς περὶ Σύλλα γέγραπται. Βόκχος ὁ τῶν ἄνω βαρβάρων βασιλεὺς ἦν πενθερὸς Ἰουγούρθα, καὶ πολεμοῦντι μὲν οὐ πάνυ τι συλλαμβάνειν ἐδόκει, προβαλλόμενος αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀπιστίαν, καὶ τὴν αὔξησιν δεδοικώς·

[¶35] 10.3. But when Jugurtha in his flight and wandering felt compelled to make him his last hope and sought haven with him, Bocchus received him, more out of regard for his position as a suppliant than from goodwill, and kept him in his hands. So far as his open acts were concerned, Bocchus entreated Marius in behalf of his father-in-law, writing that he would not give him up and assuming a bold tone; but secretly he planned to betray him, and sent for Lucius Sulla, who was quaestor for Marius and had been of some service to Bocchus during the campaign.

> Greek: 10.3. ἐπεὶ δὲ φεύγων καὶ πλανώμενος ἐκεῖνον ὑπʼ ἀνάγκης ἔθετο τῶν ἐλπίδων τελευταῖαν καὶ κατῆρε πρὸς αὐτόν, αἰσχύνῃ μᾶλλον ὡς ἱκέτην ἣ διʼ εὔνοιαν ὑποδεξάμενος διὰ χειρὸς εἶχε, φανερῶς μὲν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ παραιτούμενος Μάριον καὶ γράφων ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἐκδῴη καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος, κρύφα δὲ βουλεύων προδοσίαν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ, καὶ μεταπεμπόμενος Λεύκιον Σύλλαν, ταμίαν μὲν ὄντα Μαρίου, χρήσιμον δὲ τῷ Βόκχῳ γεγενημένον ἐπὶ στρατείας.

[¶36] 10.4. But when Sulla had come to him in all confidence, the Barbarian experienced a change of heart and felt repentant, and for many days wavered in his plans, deliberating whether to surrender Jugurtha or to hold Sulla also a prisoner. Finally however, he decided upon his first plan of treachery, and put Jugurtha alive into the hands of Sulla.

> Greek: 10.4. ὡς δὲ πιστεύσας ἀνέβη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Σύλλας, ἔσχε μέν τις τροπὴ γνώμης καὶ μετάνοια τὸν βάρβαρον, ἡ μέρας τε συχνὰς διηνέχθη τῷ λογισμῷ, βουλευόμενος ἣ παραδοῦναι τὸν Ἰουγούρθαν ἣ μηδὲ τὸν Σύλλαν ἀφεῖναι· τέλος δὲ τὴν προτέραν κυρώσας προδοσίαν, ἐνεχείρισε τῷ Σύλλᾳ ζῶντα τὸν Ἰουγούρθαν.

[¶37] 10.5. This was the first seed of that bitter and incurable hatred between Marius and Sulla, which nearly brought Rome to ruin. For many wished Sulla to have the glory of the affair because they hated Marius, and Sulla himself had a seal-ring made, which he used to wear, on which was engraved the surrender of Jugurtha to him by Bocchus.

> Greek: 10.5. καὶ τοῦτο πρῶτον ὑπῆρξεν αὐτοῖς σπέρμα τῆς ἀνηκέστου καὶ χαλεπῆς ἐκείνης στάσεως, ἣ μικρὸν ἐδέησεν ἀνατρέψαι τὴν Ῥώμην. πολλοὶ γάρ ἐβούλοντο τοῦ Σύλλα τὸ ἔργον εἶναι τῷ Μαρίῳ φθονοῦντες, αὐτός τε Σύλλας σφραγῖδα ποιησάμενος ἐφόρει γλυφὴν ἔχουσαν ἐγχειριζόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Βόκχου τὸν Ἰουγούρθαν ἑαυτῷ.

[¶38] 10.6. By constantly using this ring Sulla provoked Marius, who was an ambitious man, loath to share his glory with another, and quarrelsome. And the enemies of Marius gave Sulla most encouragement, by attributing the first and greatest successes of the war to Metellus, but the last, and the termination of it, to Sulla, that so the people might cease admiring Marius and giving him their chief allegiance.

> Greek: 10.6. καὶ ταύτῃ χρώμενος ἀεὶ διετέλει φιλότιμον ἄνδρα καὶ πρὸς κοινωνίαν δόξης ἀγνώμονα,καὶ δύσεριν ἐρεθίζων τὸν Μάριον, ἐναγόντων μάλιστα τῶν ἐχθρῶν τῶν ἐκείνου, καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα τοῦ πολέμου καὶ μέγιστα τῷ Μετέλλῳ, τὰ δ’ ἔσχατα καὶ τὸ πέρας αὐτοῦ Σύλλᾳ προστιθέντων, ὡς παύσαιτο θαυμάζων καὶ προσέχων ἐκείνῳ μάλιστα πάντων ὁ δῆμος.

[¶39] 11.1. Soon, however, all this envy and hatred and slander of Marius was removed and dissipated by the peril which threatened Italy from the west, as soon as the state felt the need of a great general and looked about for a helmsman whom she might employ to save her from so great a deluge of war. Then the people would have nothing to do with anyone of high birth or of a wealthy house who offered himself at the consular elections, but proclaimed Marius consul in spite of his absence from the city.

> Greek: 11.1. ταχὺ μέντοι τὸν φθόνον τοῦτον καὶ τὰ μίση καὶ τὰς διαβολὰς ἀπεσκέδασε τοῦ Μαρίου καὶ μετέστησεν ὁ κατασχὼν τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἑσπέρας κίνδυνος, ἅμα τῷ πρῶτον ἐν χρείᾳ μεγάλου στρατηγοῦ γενέσθαι καὶ περισκέψασθαι τὴν πόλιν ᾧ χρωμένη κυβερνήτῃ διαφεύξεται κλύδωνα πολέμου τοσοῦτον, οὐδενὸς ἀνασχομένου τῶν ἀπὸ γένους μεγάλων ἢ πλουσίων οἴκων ἐπὶ τὰς ὑπατικὰς κατιόντων ἀρχαιρεσίας, ἀλλʼ ἀπόντα τὸν Μάριον ἀναγορευσάντων.

[¶40] 11.2. For no sooner had word been brought to the people of the capture of Jugurtha than the reports about the Teutones and Cimbri fell upon their ears. What these reports said about the numbers and strength of the invading hosts was disbelieved at first, but afterwards it was found to be short of the truth. For three hundred thousand armed fighting men were advancing, and much larger hordes of women and children were said to accompany them, in quest of land to support so vast a multitude, and of cities in which to settle and live, just as the Gauls before them, as they learned, had wrested the best part of Italy from the Tyrrhenians and now occupied it.

> Greek: 11.2. ἄρτι γάρ ἀπηγγελμένης αὐτοῖς τῆς Ἰουγούρθα συλλήψεως αἵ περὶ Τευτονων καὶ Κίμβρων φῆμαι προσέπιπτον, ἀπιστίαν μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ παρασχοῦσαι πλήθους τε καὶ ῥώμης τῶν ἐπερχομένων στρατῶν, ὕστερον δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας ὑποδεέστεραι φανεισαι. μυριάδες μὲν γὰρ αἱ μάχιμοι τριάκοντα σὺν ὅπλοις ἐχώρουν, ὄχλοι δὲ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν ἐλέγοντο πολλῷ πλείους συμπεριάγεσθαι, γῆς χρῄζοντες θρέψει τοσοῦτον πλῆθος, καὶ πόλεων ἐν αἷς ἱδρυθέντες βιώσονται, καθάπερ πρὸ αὐτῶν ἐπυνθάνοντο Κελτοὺς τῆς Ἰταλίας τὴν ἀρίστην κατασχεῖν Τυρρηνῶν ἀφελομένους.

[¶41] 11.3. They themselves, indeed, had not had intercourse with other peoples, and had traversed a great stretch of country, so that it could not be ascertained what people it was nor whence they had set out, thus to descend upon Gaul and Italy like a cloud. The most prevalent conjecture was that they were some of the German peoples which extended as far as the northern ocean, a conjecture based on their great stature, their light-blue eyes, and the fact that the Germans call robbers Cimbri.

> Greek: 11.3. αὐτοὶ μὲν γάρ ἀμειξίᾳ, τῇ πρὸς ἑτέρους, μήκει τε χώρας ἣν ἐπῆλθον, ἠγνοοῦντο, τίνες ὄντες ἀνθρώπων ἢ πόθεν ὁρμηθέντες ὥσπερ νέφος ἐμπέσοιεν Γαλατίᾳ καὶ Ἰταλίᾳ. καὶ μάλιστα μὲν εἰκάζοντο Γερμανικὰ γένη τῶν καθηκόντων ἐπὶ τὸν βόρειον ὠκεανὸν εἶναι τοῖς μεγέθεσι τῶν σωμάτων καὶ τῇ χαροπότητι τῶν ὀμμάτων, καὶ ὅτι Κίμβρους ἐπονομάζουσι Γερμανοὶ τοὺς λῃστάς.

[¶42] 11.4. But there are some who say that Gaul was wide and large enough to reach from the outer sea and the subarctic regions to the Maeotic Lake on the east, where it bordered on Pontic Scythia, and that from that point on Gauls and Scythians were mingled. These mixed Gauls and Scythians had left their homes and moved westward, not in a single march, nor even continuously, but with each recurring spring they had gone forward, fighting their way, and in the course of time had crossed the continent.

> Greek: 11.4. εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ τὴν Κελτικὴν διὰ βάθος χώρας καὶ μέγεθος ἀπὸ τῆς ἔξω θαλάσσης καὶ τῶν ὑπαρκτίων κλιμάτων πρὸς ἥλιον ἀνίσχοντα κατὰ τὴν Μαιῶτιν ἐπιστρέφουσαν ἅπτεσθαι τῆς Ποντικῆς Σκυθίας λέγουσι, κἀκεῖθεν τὰ γένη μεμεῖχθαι. τούτους ἐξαναστάντας οὐκ ἐκ μιᾶς ὁρμῆς οὐδὲ συνεχῶς, ἀλλὰ ἔτους ὥρᾳ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν ἀεὶ χωροῦντας πολέμῳ χρόνοις πολλοῖς ἐπελθεῖν τὴν ἤπειρον.

[¶43] 11.5. Therefore, while they had many names for different detachments, they called their whole army by the general name of Galloscythians. Others, however, say that the Cimmerians who were first known to the ancient Greeks were not a large part of the entire people, but merely a body of exiles or a faction which was driven away by the Scythians and passed from the Maeotic Lake into Asia under the lead of Lygdamis; whereas the largest and most warlike part of the people dwelt at the confines of the earth along the outer sea, occupying a land that is shaded, wooded, and wholly sunless by reason of the height and thickness of the trees, which reach inland as far as the Hercynii;

> Greek: 11.5. διὸ καὶ πολλὰς κατὰ μέρος ἐπικλήσεις ἐχόντων κοινῇ Κελτοσκύθας τὸν στρατὸν ὠνόμαζον. ἄλλοι δέ φασι Κιμμερίων τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑφʼ Ἑλλήνων τῶν πάλαι γνωσθὲν οὐ μέγα γενέσθαι τοῦ παντὸς μόριον, ἀλλὰ φυγὴν ἢ στάσιν τινὰ βιασθεῖσαν ὑπὸ Σκυθῶν εἰς Ἀσίαν ἀπὸ τῆς Μαιώτιδος διαπερᾶσαι Λυγδάμιος ἡγουμένου, τὸ δὲ πλεῖστον αὐτῶν καὶ μαχιμώτατον ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις οἰκοῦν παρὰ τὴν ἔξω θάλασσαν γῆν μὲν νέμεσθαι σύσκιον καὶ ὑλώδη καὶ δυσήλιον πάντῃ διὰ βάθος καὶ πυκνότητα δρυμῶν, οὓς μέχρι τῶν Ἑρκυνίων εἴσω διήκειν, οὐρανοῦ δὲ εἰληχέναι καθʼ ὃ δοκεῖ μέγα λαμβάνων ὁ πόλος ἔξαρμα διὰ τὴν ἔγκλισιν τῶν παραλλήλων ὀλίγον ἀπολείπειν τοῦ κατὰ κορυφὴν ἱσταμένου σημείου πρὸς τὴν οἴκησιν, αἵ τε ἡμέραι βραχύτητι καὶ μήκει πρὸς τὰς νύκτας ἴσαι κατανέμεσθαι τὸν χρόνον·

[¶44] 11.6. and as regards the heavens, they are under that portion of them where the pole gets a great elevation by reason of the declination of the parallels, and appears to have a position not far removed from the spectator’s zenith, and a day and a night divide the year into two equal parts; which was of advantage to Homer in his story of Odysseus consulting the shades of the dead. From these regions, then, these Barbarians sallied forth against Italy, being called at first Cimmerians, and then, not inappropriately, Cimbri. But all this is based on conjecture rather than on sure historical evidence.

> Greek: 11.6. διὸ καὶ τὴν εὐπορίαν τοῦ μυθεύματος Ὁμήρῳ γενέσθαι πρὸς τὴν νεκυίαν. ἔνθεν οὖν τὴν ἔφοδον εἶναι τῶν βαρβάρων τούτων ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν, Κιμμερίων μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, τότε δὲ Κίμβρων οὐκ ἀπὸ τρόπου προσαγορευομένων. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν εἰκασμῷ μᾶλλον ἢ κατὰ βέβαιον ἱστορίαν λέγεται.

[¶45] 11.8. Their numbers, however, are given by many writers as not less, but more, than the figure mentioned above. Moreover, their courage and daring made them irresistible, and when they engaged in battle they came on with the swiftness and force of fire, so that no one could withstand their onset, but all who came in their way became their prey and booty, and even many large Roman armies, with their commanders, who had been stationed to protect Transalpine Gaul, were destroyed ingloriously;

> Greek: 11.8. τὸ δὲ πλῆθος οὐκ ἔλαττον, ἀλλὰ πλέον εἶναι τοῦ λεχθέντος ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἱστόρηται. θυμὸν δὲ καὶ τόλμαν ἀνυπόστατοι καὶ χειρῶν ἔργα παοὰ τὰς μάχας ὀξύτητι καὶ βίᾳ πυρὸς ἐοικότες ἐπῄεσαν, οὐδενὸς ἀντέχοντος αὐτῶν πρὸς τὴν ἔφοδον, ἀλλὰ πάντων μέν, ὅσους ἐπῆλθον, ἐν λόγῳ λείας ἀγομένων καὶ φερομένων, πολλῶν δὲ καὶ μεγάλων Ῥωμαϊκῶν στρατοπέδων καὶ στρατηγῶν, ὅσοι προεκάθηντο τῆς ἐκτὸς Ἄλπεων Γαλατίας, ἀνηρπασμένων ἀκλεῶς·

[¶46] 11.9. indeed, by their feeble resistance they were mainly instrumental in drawing the on-rushing Barbarians down upon Rome. For when the invaders had conquered those who opposed them, and had got abundance of booty, they determined not to settle themselves anywhere until they had destroyed Rome and ravaged Italy.

> Greek: 11.9. οἳ καὶ μάλιστα τὴν φορὰν αὐτῶν κακῶς ἀγωνισάμενοι κατὰ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπεσπάσαντο. νικήσαντες γὰρ οἷς ἐνέτυχον, καὶ χρημάτων πολλῶν κρατήσαντες; ἔγνωσαν μηδαμοῦ γῆς ἑαυτοὺς ἱδρύειν, πρὶν ἀνατρέψωσι τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ διαπορθήσωσι τὴν Ἰταλίαν.

[¶47] 12.1. Learning of these things from many quarters, the Romans summoned Marius to the command. And he was appointed consul for the second time, although the law forbade that a man in his absence and before the lapse of a specified time should be elected again; still, the people would not listen to those who opposed the election. For they considered that this would not be the first time that the law had given way before the demands of the general good, and that the present occasion demanded it no less imperatively than when they had made Scipio consul contrary to the laws, although at that time they were not fearful of losing their own city, but desirous of destroying that of the Carthaginians.

> Greek: 12.1. ταῦτα Ῥωμαῖοι πυνθανόμενοι πολλαχόθεν, ἐκάλουν Μάριον ἐπὶ τὴν στρατηγίαν. καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ὕπατος ἀπεδείχθη, τοῦ μὲν νόμου κωλύοντος ἀπόντα καὶ μὴ διαλιπόντα χρόνον ὡρισμένον αὖθις αἱρεῖσθαι, τοῦ δὲ δήμου τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας ἐκβαλόντος. ἡγοῦντο γὰρ οὔτε νῦν πρῶτον εἴξειν τῷ συμφέροντι τὸν νόμον, οὔτε ἀλογωτέραν εἶναι τὴν παροῦσαν αἰτίαν ἐκείνης διʼ ἣν τὸν Σκιπίωνα παρὰ τοὺς νόμους ὕπατον ἀπέδειξαν, οὐ φοβούμενοι τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀποβαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν Καρχηδονίων ἐπιθυμοῦντες ἀνελεῖν.

[¶48] 12.2. This course was adopted, Marius came across the sea from Africa with his army, and on the very Calends of January, which with the Romans is the first day of the year, assumed the consulship and celebrated his triumph, exhibiting to the Romans Jugurtha in chains. This was a sight which they had despaired of beholding, nor could any one have expected, while Jugurtha was alive, to conquer the enemy; so versatile was he in adapting himself to the turns of fortune, and so great craft did he combine with his courage.

> Greek: 12.2. ταῦτα ἔδοξε· καὶ Μάριος ἐκ Λιβύης μετὰ τοῦ στρατεύματος διακομισθεὶς αὐταῖς Καλάνδαις Ἰανουαρίαις, ἣν ἔτους ἀρχὴν ἄγουσι Ῥωμαῖοι, τήν τε ὑπατείαν ἀνέλαβε καὶ τὸν θρίαμβον εἰσήλασεν, ἄπιστον ἐπιδειξάμενος θέαμα Ῥωμαίοις Ἰουγούρθαν αἰχμάλωτον, οὗ ζῶντος οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς ἤλπισε πολεμίων κρατῆσαι οὕτω τις ἦν ποικίλος ἀνήρ τύχαις ὁμιλῆσαι καὶ πανουργίᾳ πολλῇ μεμειγμένον ἔχων τὸ θυμοειδές.

[¶49] 12.3. But we are told that when he had been led in triumph he lost his reason; and that when, after the triumph, he was cast into prison, where some tore his tunic from his body, and others were so eager to snatch away his golden earring that they tore off with it the lobe of his ear, and when he had been thrust down naked into the dungeon pit, in utter bewilderment and with a grin on his lips he said: “Hercules! How cold this Roman bath is!”

> Greek: 12.3. ἀλλʼ ἐξέστη γε πομπευθεὶς, ὡς λέγουσι, τότε τοῦ φρονεῖν· καὶ μετὰ τὸν θρίαμβον εἷς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἐμπεσών, ὡς οἱ μὲν αὐτοῦ βίᾳ περιέρρηξαν τὸν χιτωνίσκον, οἱ δὲ σπεύδοντες ἀφελέσθαι βίᾳ τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐλλόβιον ἅμα τὸν λοβὸν συναπέρρηξαν, ὠσθεὶς δὲ γυμνὸς εἷς τὸ βάραθρον κατεβλήθη, μεστὸς ὢν ταραχῆς καὶ διασεσηρώς, Ἡράκλεις, εἶπεν, ὡς ψυχρὸν ὑμῶν τὸ βαλανεῖον.

[¶50] 12.4. But the wretch, after struggling with hunger for six days and up to the last moment clinging to the desire of life, paid the penalty which his crimes deserved. In the triumphal procession there were carried, we are told, three thousand and seven pounds of gold, of uncoined silver five thousand seven hundred and seventy-five, and in coined money two hundred and eighty-seven thousand drachmas.

> Greek: 12.4. ἀλλὰ τοῦτον μὲν ἓξ ἡμέραις ζυγομαχήσαντα τῷ λιμῷ καὶ μέχρι τῆς ἐσχάτης ὥρας ἐκκρεμασθέντα τῆς τοῦ ζῆν ἐπιθυμίας εἶχεν ἀξία δίκη τῶν ἀσεβημάτων. ἐν δὲ τῷ θριάμβῳ κομισθῆναι λέγουσι χρυσοῦ μὲν ἑπτὰ καὶ τρισχιλίας λίτρας, ἀργύρου δὲ ἀσήμου πεντακισχιλίας ἑπτακοσίας ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε, νομίσματος δὲ δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας ἐπὶ μυριάσιν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι.

[¶51] 12.5. After the procession was over, Marius called the senate into session on the Capitol, and made his entry, either through inadvertence or with a vulgar display of his good fortune, in his triumphal robes; but perceiving quickly that the senators were offended at this, he rose and went out, changed to the usual robe with purple border, and then came back.

> Greek: 12.5. μετὰ δὲ τὴν πομπὴν ὁ Μάριος σύγκλητον ἤθροισεν ἐν Καπετωλίῳ· καὶ παρῆλθε μὲν εἴτε λαθὼν αὑτὸν εἴτε τῇ τύχῃ χρώμενος ἀγροικότερον ἐν τῇ θριαμβικῇ κατασκευῇ, ταχὺ δὲ τὴν βουλὴν ἀχθεσθεῖσαν αἰσθόμενος ἐξανέστη καὶ μεταλαβὼν τὴν περιπόρφυρον αὖθις ἦλθεν.

[¶52] 13.1. Setting out on the expedition, he laboured to perfect his army as it went along, practising the men in all kinds of running and in long marches, and compelling them to carry their own baggage and to prepare their own food. Hence, in after times, men who were fond of toil and did whatever was enjoined upon them contentedly and without a murmur, were called Marian mules. Some, however, think that this name had a different origin.

> Greek: 13.1. ἐν δὲ τῇ στρατείᾳ τὴν δύναμιν διεπόνει καθʼ ὁδὸν ἐξασκῶν δρόμοις τε παντοδαποῖς καὶ μακραῖς ὁδοιποίαις, ἑαυτῷ δὲ ἀχθοφορεῖν ἀναγκάζων καὶ αὐτουργεῖν τὰ πρὸς τὴν δίαιταν, ὥστε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τοὺς φιλοπόνους καὶ σιωπῇ μετʼ εὐκολίας τὰ προστασσόμενα ποιοῦντας ἡμιόνους Μαριανοὺς καλεῖσθαι. καίτοι τινὲς αἰτίαν ἑτέραν τὸν λόγου τούτου νομίζουσι.

[¶53] 13.2. Namely, when Scipio was besieging Numantia, he wished to inspect not only the arms and the horses, but also the mules and the waggons, that every man might have them in readiness and good order. Marius, accordingly, brought out for inspection both a horse that had been most excellently taken care of by him, and a mule that for health, docility, and strength far surpassed all the rest. The commanding officer was naturally well pleased with the beasts of Marius and often spoke about them, so that in time those who wanted to bestow facetious praise on a persevering, patient, laborious man would call him a Marian mule.

> Greek: 13.2. Σκηπίωνος γάρ, ὅτε Νομαντίαν ἐπολιόρκει, βουληθέντος ἐπιδεῖν μὴ μόνον τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ τοὺς ἵππους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ὀρεῖς καὶ τὰς ἁμάξας, ὅπως ἑκάστοις ἐξησκημένα καὶ παρεσκευασμένα τυγχάνοι, προαγαγεῖν τὸν Μάριον ἵππον τε κάλλιστα τεθραμμένον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡμίονον εὐεξίᾳ καὶ πρᾳότητι καὶ ῥώμῃ διαφέροντα πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων ἡσθέντος οὖν τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τοῖς τοῦ Μαρίου θρέμμασι καὶ πολλάκις αὐτῶν μνησθέντος, οὕτως ἄρα τοὺς σκώπτοντας ἐν ἐπαίνῳ τὸν ἐνδελεχῆ καὶ τλήμονα καὶ φιλόπονον Μαριανὸν ἡμίονον προσαγορεύειν.

[¶54] 14.1. And now, as it would seem, a great piece of good fortune befell Marius. For the Barbarians had a reflux, as it were, in their course, and streamed first into Spain. This gave Marius time to exercise the bodies of his men, to raise their spirits to a sturdier courage, and, what was most important of all, to let them find out what sort of a man he was.

> Greek: 14.1. εὐτύχημα δὲ δοκεῖ τῷ Μαρίῳ μέγα γενέσθαι, τῶν γάρ βαρβάρων ὥσπερ τινὰ παλίρροιαν τῆς ὁρμῆς λαβόντων καὶ ῥυέντων πρότερον ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν, χρόνον ἔσχε καὶ τὰ σώματα γυμνάσαι τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ τὰ φρονήματα πρὸς τὸ θαρρεῖν ἀναρρῶσαι, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, αὐτὸς οἷος ἦν κατανοηθῆναι.

[¶55] 14.2. For his sternness in the exercise of authority and his inflexibility in the infliction of punishment appeared to them, when they became accustomed to obedience and good behaviour, salutary as well as just, and they regarded the fierceness of his temper, the harshness of his voice, and that ferocity of his countenance which gradually became familiar, as fearful to their enemies rather than to themselves.

> Greek: 14.2. τὸ γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ σκυθρωπὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ περὶ τὰς τιμωρίας δυσμείλικτον ἐθισθεῖσι μηδὲν ἁμαρτάνειν μηδὲ ἀπειθεῖν ἅμα τῷ δικαίῳ σωτήριον ἐφαίνετο, τήν τε τοῦ θυμοῦ σφοδρότητα καὶ τὸ τραχὺ τῆς φωνῆς καὶ ἀγριωπὸν τοῦ προσώπου συντρεφόμενον κατὰ μικρὸν οὐχ αὑτοῖς ἐνόμιζον εἶναι φοβερόν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πολεμίοις.

[¶56] 14.3. But it was above all things the uprightness of his judicial decisions that pleased the soldiers; and of this the following illustration is given. Caius Lusius, a nephew of his, had a command under him in the army. In other respects he was a man of good reputation, but he had a weakness for beautiful youths. This officer was enamoured of one of the young men who served under him, by name Trebonius, and had often made unsuccessful attempts to seduce him.

> Greek: 14.3. μάλιστα δὲ ἡ περὶ τὰς κρίσεις ὀρθότης αὐτοῦ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἤρεσκεν ἧς καὶ τοιόνδε τι δεῖγμα λέγεται. Γάϊος Λούσιος ἀδελφιδοῦς αὐτοῦ τεταγμένος ἐφʼ ἡγεμονίας ἐστρατεύετο, τάΧχα μὲν ἀνήρ οὐ δοκῶν εἶναι πονηρός, ἥττων δὲ μειρακίων καλῶν. οὗτος ἤρα νεανίσκου τῶν ὐφʼ αὑτῷ στρατευομένων, ὄνομα Τρεβωνίου, καὶ πολλάκις πειρῶν οὐκ ἐτύγχανε·

## 2. Chapters 14–25

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/2/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/2/#p-N

[¶0] 14.4. But finally, at night, he sent a servant with a summons for Trebonius. The young man came, since he could not refuse to obey a summons, but when he had been introduced into the tent and Caius attempted violence upon him, he drew his sword and slew him. Marius was not with the army when this happened; but on his return he brought Trebonius to trial.

> Greek: 14.4. τέλος δὲ νύκτωρ ὑπηρέτην ἀποστείλας μετεπέμπετο τὸν Τρεβώνιον· ὁ δὲ νεανίας ἧκε μέν, ἀντειπεῖν γὰρ οὐκ ἐξῆν καλούμενον, εἰσαχθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τὴν σκηνὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπιχειροῦντα βιάζεσθαι σπασάμενος τὸ ξίφος ἀπέκτεινε. ταῦτα ἐπράχθη τοῦ Μαρίου μὴ παρόντος· ἐπανελθὼν δὲ προὔθηκε τῷ Τρεβωνίῳ κρίσιν·

[¶1] 14.5. Here there were many accusers, but not a single advocate, wherefore Trebonius himself courageously took the stand and told all about the matter, bringing witnesses to show that he had often refused the solicitations of Lusius and that in spite of large offers he had never prostituted himself to anyone. Then Marius, filled with delight and admiration, ordered the customary crown for brave exploits to be brought, and with his own hands placed it on the head of Trebonius, declaring that at a time which called for noble examples he had displayed most noble conduct.

> Greek: 14.5. ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλῶν κατηγορούντων, οὐδενὸς δὲ συνηγοροῦντος, αὐτὸς εὐθαρσῶς καταστὰς διηγήσατο τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ μάρτυρας ἔσχεν ὅτι πειρῶντι πολλάκις ἀντεῖπε τῷ Λουσίῳ καὶ μεγάλων διδομένων ἐπʼ οὐδενὶ προήκατο τὸ σῶμα, θαυμάσας ὁ Μάριος καὶ ἡσθεὶς ἐκέλευσε τὸν πάτριον ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀριστείαις στέφανον κομισθῆναι, καὶ λαβὼν αὐτὸς ἐστεφάνωσε τὸν Τρεβώνιον ὡς κάλλιστον ἔργον ἐν καιρῷ παραδειγμάτων δεομένῳ καλῶν ἀποδεδειγμένον·

[¶2] 14.6. Tidings of this were brought to Rome and helped in no small degree to secure for Marius his third consulship; at the same time, too, the Barbarians were expected in the spring, and the Romans were unwilling to risk battle with them under any other general. However, the Barbarians did not come as soon as they were expected, and once more the period of Marius’s consulship expired.

> Greek: 14.6. τοῦτο εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀπαγγελθὲν οὐχ ἥκιστα τῷ Μαρίῳ συνέπραξε τὴν τρίτην ὑπατείαν ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἔτους ὥρᾳ προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἐβούλοντο μετὰ μηδενὸς ἄλλου στρατηγοῦ κινδυνεῦσαι πρὸς αὐτούς, οὐ μὴν ἧκον ὡς προσεδοκῶντο ταχέως, ἀλλὰ πάλιν διῆλθε τῷ Μαρίῳ ὁ τῆς ὑπατείας χρόνος.

[¶3] 14.7. As the consular elections were at hand, and as his colleague in the office had died, Marius left Manius Aquillius in charge of the forces and came himself to Rome. Here many men of great merit were candidates for the consulship, but Lucius Saturninus, who had more influence with the people than any other tribune, was won over by the flattering attentions of Marius, and in his harangues urged the people to elect Marius consul. Marius affected to decline the office and declared that he did not want it, but Saturninus called him a traitor to his country for refusing to command her armies at a time of so great peril.

> Greek: 14.7. ἐνισταμένων δὲ τῶν ἀρχαιρεσιῶν καὶ τοῦ συνάρχοντος αὐτοῦ τελευτήσαντος, ἀπολιπὼν ἐπὶ τῶν δυνάμεων Μάνιον Ἀκύλλιον αὐτὸς ἧκεν εἰς Ῥώμην. μετιόντων δὲ πολλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν τὴν ὑπατείαν, Λούκιος Σατορνῖνος ὁ μάλιστα τῶν δημάρχων ἄγων τὸ πλῆθος, ὑπὸ τοῦ Μαρίου τεθεραπευμένος ἐδημηγόρει, κελεύων ἐκεῖνον ὕπατον αἱρεῖσθαι. θρυπτομενου δὲ τοῦ Μαρίου καὶ παραιτεῖσθαι τὴν ἀρχὴν φάσκοντος ὡς δὴ μὴ δεομένου, προδότην αὐτὸν ὁ Σατορνῖνος ἀπεκάλει τῆς πατρίδος ἐν κινδύνῳ τοσούτῳ φεύγοντα τὸ στρατηγεῖν.

[¶4] 14.8. Now, it was clear that Saturninus was playing his part at the instigation of Marius, and playing it badly, too, but the multitude, seeing that the occasion required the ability as well as the good fortune of Marius, voted for his fourth consulship, and made Catulus Lutatius his colleague, a man who was esteemed by the nobility and not disliked by the common people.

> Greek: 14.8. καὶ φανερὸς μὲν ἦν ἀπιθάνως συνυποκρινόμενος τὸ προσποίημα τῷ Μαρίῳ, τὸν δὲ καιρὸν ὁρῶντες οἱ πολλοὶ τῆς ἐκείνου δεινότητος ἅμα καὶ τύχης δεόμενον ἐψηφίσαντο τὴν τετάρτην ὑπατείαν, καὶ συνάρχοντα Κάτλον αὐτῷ Λουτάτιον κατέστησαν, ἄνδρα καὶ τιμώμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρίστων καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς οὐκ ἐπαχθῆ.

[¶5] 15.1. Learning that the enemy were near, Marius rapidly crossed the Alps, and built a fortified camp along the river Rhone. Into this he brought together an abundance of stores, that he might never be forced by lack of provisions to give battle contrary to his better judgment.

> Greek: 15.1. πυνθανόμενος δὲ τοὺς πολεμίους ὁ Μάριος ἐγγὺς εἶναι διὰ ταχέων ὐπερέβαλε τὰς Ἄλπεις· καὶ τειχίσας στρατόπεδον παρὰ τῷ Ῥοδανῷ ποταμῷ συνῆγεν εἰς αὐτὸ χορηγίαν ἄφθονον, ὡς μηδέποτε παρὰ τὸν τοῦ συμφέροντος λογισμὸν ἐκβιασθείη διʼ ἔνδειαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων εἰς μάχην καταστῆναι.

[¶6] 15.2. The conveyance of what was needful for his army, which had previously been a long and costly process where it was by sea, he rendered easy and speedy. That is, the mouths of the Rhone, encountering the sea, took up great quantities of mud and sand packed close with clay by the action of the billows, and made the entrance of the river difficult, laborious, and slow for vessels carrying supplies.

> Greek: 15.2. τὴν δὲ κομιδὴν ὧν ἔδει τῷ στρατεύματι μακρὰν καὶ πολυτελῆ πρότερον οὖσαν πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν, αὐτὸς εἰργάσατο ῥᾳδίαν καὶ ταχεῖαν. τὰ γάρ στόματα τοῦ Ῥοδανοῦ, πρὸς τὰς ἀνακοπὰς τῆς θαλάττης, ἰλύν τε πολλὴν λαμβάνοντα καὶ θῖνα πηλῷ βαθεῖ συμπεπιλημένην ὑπὸ τοῦ κλύδωνος, χαλεπὸν καὶ ἐπίπονον καὶ βραδύπορον τοῖς σιταγωγοῖς ἐποίει τὸν εἴσπλουν.

[¶7] 15.3. So Marius brought his army to the place, since the men had nothing else to do, and ran a great canal. Into this he diverted a great part of the river and brought it round to a suitable place on the coast, a deep bay where large ships could float, and where the water could flow out smoothly and without waves to the sea. This canal, indeed, still bears the name of Marius.

> Greek: 15.3. ὁ δὲ τρέψας ἐνταῦθα τὸν στρατὸν σχολάζοντα τάφρον μεγάλην ἐνέβαλε, καὶ ταύτῃ πολύ μέρος τοῦ ποταμοῦ μεταστὴσας περιήγαγεν εἰς ἐπιτήδειον αἰγιαλόν, βαθὺ μὲν καὶ ναυσὶ μεγάλαις ἔποχον, λεῖον δὲ καὶ ἄκλυστον στόμα λαβοῦσαν πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν. αὕτη μὲν οὖν ἔτι ἀπʼ ἐκείνου τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν φυλάττει.

[¶8] 15.4. The Barbarians divided themselves into two bands, and it fell to the lot of the Cimbri to proceed through Noricum in the interior of the country against Catulus, and force a passage there, while the Teutones and Ambrones were to march through Liguria along the sea-coast against Marius.

> Greek: 15.4. τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων διελόντων σφᾶς αὐτοὺς δίχα Κίμβροι μὲν ἔλαχον διὰ Νωρικῶν ἄνωθεν ἐπὶ Κάτλον χωρεῖν καὶ τὴν πάροδον ἐκείνην βιάζεσθαι, Τεύτονες δὲ καὶ Ἄμβρωνες διὰ Λιγύων ἐπὶ Μάριον παρὰ θάλατταν.

[¶9] 15.5. On the part of the Cimbri there was considerable delay and loss of time, but the Teutones and Ambrones set out at once passed through the intervening country, and made their appearance before Marius. Their numbers were limitless, they were hideous in their aspect, and their speech and cries were unlike those of other peoples. They covered a large part of the plain, and after pitching their camp challenged Marius to battle.

> Greek: 15.5. καὶ Κίμβροις μέν ἐγίνετο πλείων ἡ διατριβὴ καὶ μέλλησις, Τεύτονες δὲ καὶ Ἄμβρωνες ἄραντες εὐθὺς καὶ διελθόντες τὴν ἐν μέσῳ χώραν ἐφαίνοντο πλήθει τε ἄπειροι καὶ δυσπρόσοπτοι τὰ εἴδη, φθόγγον τε καὶ θόρυβον οὐχ ἑτέροις ὅμοιοι. περιβαλόμενοι δὲ τοῦ πεδίου μέγά μέρος καὶ στρατοπεδεύσαντες προὐκαλοῦντο τὸν Μάριον εἰς μάχην.

[¶10] 16.1. Marius, however, paid no heed to them, but kept his soldiers inside their fortifications, bitterly rebuking those who would have made a display of their courage, and calling those whose high spirit made them wish to rush forth and give battle traitors to their country. For it was not, he said, triumphs or trophies that should now be the object of their ambition, but how they might ward off so great a cloud and thunder-bolt of war and secure the safety of Italy.

> Greek: 16.1. ὁ δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐκ ἐφρόντιζεν, ἐν δὲ τῷ χάρακι τοὺς στρατιώτας συνεῖχε, καὶ καθήπτετο πικρῶς τῶν θρασυνομένων, καὶ τοὺς προπίπτοντας ὑπὸ θυμοῦ καὶ μάχεσθαι βουλομένους προδότας ἀπεκάλει τῆς πατρίδος, οὐ γάρ ὑπὲρ θριάμβων τὴν φιλοτιμίαν εἶναι καὶ τροπαίων, ἀλλʼ ὅπως νέφος τοσοῦτον πολέμου καὶ σκηπτὸν ὠσάμενοι διασώσουσι τὴν Ἰταλίαν.

[¶11] 16.2. This was his language in private to his officers and equals; but he would station his soldiers on the fortifications by detachments, bidding them to observe the enemy, and in this way accustomed them not to fear their shape or dread their cries, which were altogether strange and ferocious; and to make themselves acquainted with their equipment and movements, thus in course of time rendering what was only apparently formidable familiar to their minds from observation. For he considered that their novelty falsely imparts to terrifying objects many qualities which they do not possess, but that with familiarity even those things which are really dreadful lose their power to affright.

> Greek: 16.2. ταῦτα μὲν ἰδίᾳ πρὸς τοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ τοὺς ὁμοτίμους ἔλεγε, τοὺς δὲ στρατιώτας ὑπὲρ τοῦ χάρακος ἱστὰς ἀνὰ μέρος καὶ θεᾶσθαι κελεύων εἴθιζε τὴν μορφὴν ἀνέχεσθαι τῶν πολεμίων καὶ τήν φωνὴν ὑπομένειν ὅλως οὖσαν ἀλλόκοτον καὶ θηριώδη, σκευήν τε καὶ κίνησιν αὐτῶν καταμανθάνειν, ἅμα τῷ χρόνῳ τὰ φαινόμενα δεινὰ ποιουμένους τῇ διανοίᾳ χειροήθη διὰ τῆς ὄψεως· ἡγεῖτο γὰρ πολλὰ μὲν ἐπιψεύδεσθαι τῶν οὐ προσόντων τὴν καινότητα τοῖς φοβεροῖς, ἐν δὲ τῇ συνηθείᾳ καὶ τὰ τῇ φύσει δεινὰ τὴν ἔκπληξιν ἀποβάλλειν.

[¶12] 16.3. And so in the case of his soldiers, not only did the daily sight of the enemy lessen somewhat their amazement at them, but also, when they heard the threats and the intolerable boasting of the Barbarians, their anger rose and warmed and set on fire their spirits; for the enemy were ravaging and plundering all the country round, and besides, often attacked the Roman fortifications with great temerity and shamelessness, so that indignant speeches of his soldiers reached the ears of Marius.

> Greek: 16.3. τῶν δὲ οὐ μόνον ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν ὄψις ἀφῄρει τι τοῦ θάμβους, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀπειλὰς τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ τὸν κόμπον οὐκ ἀνεκτὸν ὄντα θυμὸς αὐτοῖς παριστάμενος ἐξεθέρμαινε καὶ διέφλεγε τὰς ψυχάς, οὐ μόνον ἀγόντων καὶ φερόντων τὰ πέριξ ἅπαντα τῶν πολεμίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ χάρακι ποιουμένων προσβολὰς μετὰ πολλῆς ἀσελγείας καὶ θρασύτητος, ὥστε φωνὰς καὶ διαγανακτήσεις τῶν στρατιωτῶν πρὸς τὸν Μάριον ἐκφέρεσθαι.

[¶13] 16.4. “What cowardice, pray, has Marius discovered in us that he keeps us out of battle like women under lock and key? Come, let us act like freemen and ask him if he is waiting for other soldiers to fight in defence of Italy, and will use us as workmen all the time, whenever there is need of digging ditches and clearing out mud and diverting a river or two.”

> Greek: 16.4. τίνα δὴ καταγνοὺς ἀνανδρίαν ἡμῶν Μάριος εἴργει μάχης ὥσπερ γυναῖκας ὑπὸ κλεισὶ καὶ θυρωροῖς; φέρε, παθόντες ἀνδρῶν πάθος ἐλευθέρων ἐρώμεθα πότερον ἄλλους ἀναμένει μαχουμένους ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἰταλίας, ἡμῖν δὲ λειτουργοῖς χρήσεται διὰ παντός, ὅταν δέῃται τάφρους ὀρύσσειν καὶ πηλὸν ἐκκαθαίρειν καὶ ποταμούς τινας παρατρέπειν;

[¶14] 16.5. “For it was to this end, as it would seem, that he exercised us in those many toils, and these are the achievements of his consulships which he will exhibit to his fellow-citizens on his return to Rome. Or does he fear the fate of Carbo and Caepio, whom the enemy defeated? But they were far behind Marius in reputation and excellence, and led an army that was far inferior to his. Surely it is better to do something, even if we perish as they did, rather than to sit here and enjoy the spectacle of our allies being plundered.”

> Greek: 16.5. ἐπὶ ταῦτα γάρ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἤσκει τοῖς πολλοῖς πόνοις ἡμᾶς, καὶ ταῦτα τῶν ὑπατειῶν ἀποδειξάμενος ἔργα τοῖς πολίταις ἐπάνεισιν. ἢ τὰ Κάρβωνος αὐτὸν φοβεῖ καὶ Καιπίωνος, οὓς ἐνίκησαν οἱ πολέμιοι, πολὺ μὲν αὐτοὺς τῆς Μαρίου δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς ἀποδέοντας, πολὺ δὲ χείρονα στρατὸν ἄγοντας; ἀλλὰ καὶ παθεῖν τι δρῶντας, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι, κάλλιον ἢ καθῆσθαι πορθουμένων τῶν συμμάχων θεατάς.

[¶15] 17.1. Marius was delighted to hear of such expressions, and tried to calm the soldiers down by telling them that he did not distrust them, but in consequence of certain oracles was awaiting a fit time and place for his victory. And indeed he used to carry about ceremoniously in a litter a certain Syrian woman, named Martha, who was said to have the gift of prophecy, and he would make sacrifices at her bidding. She had previously been rejected by the senate when she wished to appear before them with reference to these matters and predicted future events.

> Greek: 17.1. ταῦτʼ ἀκούων ὁ Μάριος ἥδετο, καὶ κατεπράυνεν αὐτούς ὡς οὐκ ἐκείνοις ἀπιστῶν, ἀλλʼ ἔκ τινων λογίων τὸν τῆς νίκης ἅμα καιρὸν καὶ τόπον ἐκδεχόμενος. καὶ γάρ τινα Σύραν γυναῖκα, Μάρθαν ὄνομα, μαντεύεσθαι λεγομένην ἐν φορείῳ κατακειμένην σεμνῶς περιήγετο, καὶ θυσίας ἔθυεν ἐκείνης κελευούσης. ἣν πρότερον μὲν ἀπήλασεν ἡ σύγκλητος ἐντυχεῖν ὑπὲρ τούτων βουλομένην καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα προθεσπίζουσαν, ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὸς τὰς γυναῖκας εἰσιοῦσα διάπειραν ἐδίδου καὶ μάλιστα τῇ Μαρίου παρακαθίζουσα παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν μονομάχων ἐπιτυχῶς προηγόρευε τὸν μέλλοντα νικᾶν, ἀναπεμφθεῖσα πρὸς Μάριον ὑπʼ·

[¶16] 17.2. Then she got audience of the women and gave them proofs of her skill, and particularly the wife of Marius, at whose feet she sat when some gladiators were fighting and successfully foretold which one was going to be victorious. In consequence of this she was sent to Marius by his wife, and was admired by him. As a general thing she was carried along with the army in a litter, but she attended the sacrifices clothed in a double purple robe that was fastened with a clasp, and carrying a spear that was wreathed with fillets and chaplets. Such a performance as this caused many to doubt whether Marius, in exhibiting the woman, really believed in her, or was pretending to do so and merely acted a part with her. The affair of the vultures, however, which Alexander of Myndus relates, is certainly wonderful. Two vultures were always seen hovering about the armies of Marius before their victories, and accompanied them on their journeys, being recognized by bronze rings on their necks; for the soldiers had caught them, put these rings on, and let them go again; and after this, on recognizing the birds, the soldiers greeted them, and they were glad to see them when they set out upon a march, feeling sure in such cases that they would be successful.

> Greek: 17.2. ἐκείνης ἐθαυμάζετο. καὶ τὰ πολλὰ μὲν ἐν φορείῳ παρεκομίζετο, πρὸς δὲ τὰς θυσίας κατῄει φοινικίδα διπλῆν ἐμπεπορπημένη καὶ λόγχην ἀναδεδεμένην ταινίαις καὶ στεφανώμασι φέρουσα. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν τὸ δρᾶμα πολλοῖς ἀμφισβήτησιν παρεῖχεν, εἴτε πεπεισμένος ὡς ἀληθῶς εἴτε πλαττόμενος καὶ συνυποκρινόμενος ἐπιβείκνυται τὴν ἄνθρωπον. τὸ δὲ περὶ τοὺς γῦπας θαύματος ἄξιον Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Μύνδιος ἱστόρηκε. δύο γὰρ ἐφαίνοντο πρὸ τῶν κατορθωμάτων ἀεὶ περὶ τὰς στρατιὰς καὶ παρηκολούθουν γνωριζόμενοι χαλκοῖς περιδεραίοις· ταὐτὰ δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται συλλαβόντες αὐτούς περιῆψαν, εἶτα ἀφῆκαν· ἐκ δὲ τούτου γνωρίζοντες ἠσπάζοντο αὐτούς οἱ στρατιῶται καὶ φανέντων ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐξόδοις ἔχαιρον ὡς ἀγαθὸν τι πράξοντες.

[¶17] 17.4. Many signs also appeared, most of which were of the ordinary kind; but from Ameria and Tuder, cities of Italy, it was reported that at night there had been seen in the heavens flaming spears, and shields which at first moved in different directions, and then clashed together, assuming the formations and movements of men in battle, and finally some of them would give way, while others pressed on in pursuit, and all streamed away to the westward.

> Greek: 17.4. πολλῶν δὲ σημείων πρὸ φαινομένων τὰ μὲν ἄλλα χαρακτῆρα κοινὸν εἶχεν, ἐκ δὲ Ἀμερίας καὶ Τουδέρτου, πόλεων Ἰταλικῶν, ἀπηγγέλθη νυκτὸς ὦφθαι κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν αἰχμάς τε φλογοειδεῖς καὶ θυρεοὺς διαφερομένους τὸ πρῶτον, εἶτα συμπίπτοντας ἀλλήλοις καὶ σχήματα καὶ κινήματα λαμβάνοντας οἷα γίνεται μαχομένων ἀνδρῶν, τέλος δὲ τῶν μὲν ἐνδιδόντων, τῶν δὲ ἐπιφερομένων, πάντας ἐπὶ δυσμὰς ῥυῆναι.

[¶18] 17.5. Moreover, about this time Bataces, the priest of the Great Mother, came from Pessinus announcing that the goddess had declared to him from her shrine that the Romans were to be victorious and triumphant in war. The senate gave credence to the story and voted that a temple should be built for the goddess in commemoration of the victory; but when Bataces came before the assembly and desired to tell the story, Aulus Pompeius, a tribune of the people, prevented him, calling him an impostor, and driving him with insults from the rostra.

> Greek: 17.5. περὶ τοῦτον δέ πως τὸν χρόνον ἀφίκετο καὶ Βατάκης ἐκ Πεσσινοῦντος ὁ τῆς Μεγάλης Μητρὸς ἱερεύς, ἀπαγγέλλων ὡς ἡ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν ἀνακτόρων ἐφθέγξατο αὐτῷ νίκην καὶ κράτος πολέμου Ῥωμαίοις ὑπάρχειν. τῆς δὲ συγκλήτου προσεμένης καὶ τῇ θεῷ ναὸν ἐπινίκιον ἱδρύσασθαι ψηφισαμένης, τὸν Βατάκην εἰς τὸν δῆμον προελθόντα καὶ ταὐτὰ βουλόμενον εἰπεῖν ἐκώλυσε δημαρχῶν Αὖλος Πομπήϊος, ἀγύρτην ἀποκαλῶν καὶ πρὸς ὕβριν ἀπελαύνων τοῦ βήματος.

[¶19] 17.6. And lo, this did more than anything else to gain credence for the man’s story. For hardly had Aulus gone back to his house after the assembly was dissolved, when he broke out with so violent a fever that he died within a week, and everybody knew and talked about it.

> Greek: 17.6. δὲ δὴ καὶ μάλιστα τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πίστιν παρέσχεν. οὐ γάρ ἔφθη τῆς ἐκκλησίας λυθείσης ὁ Αὖλος εἰς οἶκον ἐπανελθεῖν, καὶ πυρετὸς ἐξήνθησεν αὐτῷ τοσοῦτος ὥστε πᾶσι καταφανῆ γενόμενον καὶ περιβόητον ἐντὸς ἑβδόμης ἡμέρας ἀποθανεῖν.

[¶20] 18.1. But the Teutones, since Marius kept quiet, attempted to take his camp by storm; many missiles, however, were hurled against them from the fortifications, and they lost some of their men. They therefore decided to march forward, expecting to cross the Alps without molestation. So they packed up their baggage and began to march past the camp of the Romans. Then, indeed, the immensity of their numbers was made specially evident by the length of their line and the time required for their passage; for it is said they were six days in passing the fortifications of Marius, although they moved continuously.

> Greek: 18.1. οἱ δὲ Τεύτονες ἐπεχείρησαν μὲν ἡσυχάζοντος τοῦ Μαρίου πολιορκεῖν τὸ στρατόπεδον, βέλεσι δὲ πολλοῖς ἐντυχόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ χάρακος φερομένοις καί τινας ἓξ αὑτῶν ἀποβαλόντες ἔγνωσαν εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν χωρεῖν ὡς ὑπερβαλοῦντες ἀδεῶς τὰς Ἄλπεις· καὶ συσκευασάμενοι παρήμειβον τὸ στρατόπεδον τῶν Ῥωμαίων, τότε δὴ μάλιστα παμπληθεῖς μήκει καὶ χρόνῳ τῆς παρόδου φανέντες· ἡμέραις γὰρ ἓξ λέγονται τὸν χάρακα τοῦ Μαρίου παραμείψασθαι συνεχῶς ὁδεύοντες.

[¶21] 18.2. And they marched close to the camp, inquiring with laughter whether the Romans had any messages for their wives; “for,” said they, “we shall soon be with them.” But when the Barbarians had passed by and were going on their way, Marius also broke camp and followed close upon them, always halting near by and at their very side, but strongly fortifying his camps and keeping strong positions in his front, so that he could pass the night in safety.

> Greek: 18.2. ἐπορεύοντο δὲ ἐγγύς, πυνθανόμενοι τῶν Ῥωμαίων μετὰ γέλωτος εἴ τι πρὸς τὰς γυναῖκας ἐπιστέλλοιεν αὐτοὶ γάρ ἔσεσθαι ταχέως παρʼ αὐταῖς. ἐπεὶ δὲ παρήλλαξαν οἱ βάρβαροι καὶ προῄεσαν, ἄρας καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπηκολούθει σχέδην, ἐγγὺς μὲν ἀεὶ καὶ παρʼ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ἱδρυόμενος, ὀχυραῖς δὲ χρώμενος στρατοπεδείαις καὶ χωρία καρτερὰ προβαλλόμενος, ὥστε ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ νυκτερεύειν.

[¶22] 18.3. Thus the two armies went on until they came to the place called Aquae Sextiae, from which they had to march only a short distance and they would be in the Alps. For this reason, indeed, Marius made preparations to give battle here, and he occupied for his camp a position that was strong, but poorly supplied with water, wishing, as they say, by this circumstance also to incite his soldiers to fight.

> Greek: 18.3. οὕτω δὴ προϊόντες ἐγένοντο πρὸς τοῖς καλουμένοις ὕδασι Σεξτίοις, ὅθεν ἔδει πορευθέντας οὐ πολλὴν ὁδὸν ἐν ταῖς Ἄλπεσιν εἶναι. διὸ δὴ καὶ Μάριος ἐνταῦθα παρεσκευάζετο μάχεσθαι, καὶ κατέλαβε τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τόπον ἰσχυρὸν μέν, ὕδωρ δὲ ἄφθονον οὐκ ἔχοντα, βουλόμενος, ὥς φασι, καὶ τούτῳ παροξῦναι τοὺς στρατιώτας.

[¶23] 18.4. At any rate, when many of them were dissatisfied and said they would be thirsty there, he pointed to a river that ran near the barbarian fortifications, and told them they could get water there, but the price of it was blood. “Why, then,” they said, “dost thou not lead us at once against the enemy, while our blood is still moist?” To which Marius calmly replied: “We must first make our camp strong.”

> Greek: 18.4. πολλῶν γέ τοι δυσχεραινόντων καὶ διψήσειν λεγόντων, δείξας τῇ χειρὶ ποταμόν τινα ῥέοντα πλησίον τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ χάρακος, ἐκεῖθεν αὐτοῖς ἔφησεν εἶναι ποτὸν ὤνιον αἵματος. τί οὖν, ἔφασαν, οὐκ εὐθὺς ἡμᾶς ἄγεις ἐπʼ αὐτούς, ἕως ὑγρὸν τὸ αἷμα ἔχομεν; κἀκεῖνος ἠρέμα τῇ φωνῇ, πρότερον, εἶπεν, ὀχυρωτέον ἡμῖν τὸ στρατόπεδον.

[¶24] 19.1. His soldiers, accordingly, though reluctant, obeyed; but the throng of camp-servants, who had no water either for themselves or their beasts, went down in a body to the river, some taking hatchets, some axes, and some also swords and lances along with their water-jars, determined to get water even if they had to fight for it. With these only a few of the enemy at first engaged, since the main body were taking their meal after bathing, and some were still bathing.

> Greek: 19.1. οἱ μὲν οὖν στρατιῶται καίπερ ἀσχάλλοντες ἐπείθοντο· τῆς δὲ θεραπείας τὸ πλῆθος οὔτʼ αὐτοὶ ποτὸν οὔτε ὑποζυγίοις ἔχοντες ἀθρόοι κατέβαινον ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, οἱ μὲν ἀξίνας, οἱ δὲ πελέκεις, ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ ξίφη καὶ λόγχας ἅμα τοῖς ὑδρίοις ἀναλαβόντες, ὡς καὶ διὰ μάχης ὑδρευσόμενοι. τούτοις τὸ πρῶτον ὀλίγοι προσεμάχοντο τῶν πολεμίων ἔτυχον γὰρ ἀριστῶντες οἱ πολλοὶ μετὰ λουτρόν, οἱ δὲ ἐλούοντο.

[¶25] 19.2. For streams of warm water burst from the ground in this place, and at these the Romans surprised a number of the Barbarians, who were enjoying themselves and making merry in this wonderfully pleasant place. Their cries brought more of the Barbarians to the spot, and Marius had difficulty in longer restraining his soldiers, since they had fears now for their servants. Besides, the most warlike division of the enemy, by whom at an earlier time the Romans under Manlius and Caepio had been defeated (they were called Ambrones and of themselves numbered more than thirty thousand), had sprung up from their meal and were running to get their arms.

> Greek: 19.2. ῥήγνυσι γὰρ αὐτόθι ναμάτων θερμῶν πηγὰς ὁ χῶρος· καὶ μέρος τι περὶ ταῦτα τοὺς βαρβάρους εὐπαθοῦντας καὶ πανηγυρίζοντας ἡδονῇ καὶ θαύματι τοῦ τόπου κατέλαβον οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι. πρὸς δὲ τὴν κραυγὴν πλειόνων συντρεχόντων τῷ τε Μαρίῳ χαλεπὸν ἦν ἔτι τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐπισχεῖν περὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν δεδιότας, καὶ τῶν πολεμίων τὸ μαχιμώτατον μέρος, ὑφ’ οὗ προήττηντο Ῥωμαῖοι μετὰ Μαλλίου καὶ Καιπίωνος πρότερον Ἄμβρωνες ὠνομάζοντο καὶ πλῆθος ὑπὲρ τρισμυρίους αὐτοὶ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἦσαν, ἀναΐξαντες ἐπὶ τὰς πανοπλίας ἐχώρουν.

[¶26] 19.3. However, though their bodies were surfeited and weighed down with food and their spirits excited and disordered with strong wine, they did not rush on in a disorderly or frantic course, nor raise an inarticulate battle-cry, but rhythmically clashing their arms and leaping to the sound they would frequently shout out all together their tribal name Ambrones, either to encourage one another, or to terrify their enemies in advance by the declaration.

> Greek: 19.3. τὰ μὲν οὖν σώματα πλησμονῇ βεβαρημένοι, τοῖς δὲ φρονήμασι γαῦροι καὶ διακεχυμένοι πρὸς τὸν ἄκρατον, οὐκ ἀτάκτοις οὐδὲ μανιώδεσι φερόμενοι δρόμοις οὐδὲ ἄναρθρον ἀλαλαγμὸν ἱέντες, ἀλλὰ κρούοντες ῥυθμῷ τὰ ὅπλα καὶ συναλλόμενοι πάντες ἅμα τὴν αὑτῶν ἐφθέγγοντο πολλάκις προσηγορίαν Ἄμβρωνες, εἴτε ἀνακαλούμενοι σφᾶς αὐτούς, εἴτε τοὺς πολεμίους τῇ προδηλώσει προεκφοβοῦντες.

[¶27] 19.4. The first of the Italians to go down against them were the Ligurians, and when they heard and understood what the Barbarians were shouting, they themselves shouted back the word, claiming it as their own ancestral appellation; for the Ligurians call themselves Ambrones by descent. Often, then, did the shout echo and reecho from either side before they came to close quarters; and since the hosts back of each party took up the cry by turns and strove each to outdo the other first in the magnitude of their shout, their cries roused and fired the spirit of the combatants.

> Greek: 19.4. τῶν δὲ Ἰταλικῶν πρῶτοι καταβαίνοντες ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς Λίγυες, ὡς ἤκουσαν βοώντων καὶ συνῆκαν, ἀντεφώνουν καὶ αὐτοὶ τὴν πάτριον ἐπίκλησιν αὑτῶν εἶναι σφᾶς γὰρ αὐτοὺς οὕτως κατὰ γένος ὀνομάζουσι Λίγυες. πυκνὸν οὖν καὶ παράλληλον ἀντήχει πρὶν εἰς χεῖρας συνελθεῖν τὸ ἀναφώνημα· καὶ τῶν στρατῶν ἑκατέροις ἀνὰ μέρος συναναφθεγγομένων καὶ φιλοτιμουμένων πρῶτον ἀλλήλους τῷ μεγέθει τῆς βοῆς ὑπερβαλέσθαι, παρώξυνε καὶ διηρέθιζε τὸν θυμὸν ἡ κραυγή.

[¶28] 19.5. Well, then, the Ambrones became separated by the stream; for they did not all succeed in getting across and forming an array, but upon the foremost of them the Ligurians at once fell with a rush, and the fighting was hand-to-hand. Then the Romans came to the aid of the Ligurians, and charging down from the heights upon the Barbarians overwhelmed and turned them back.

> Greek: 19.5. τοὺς μὲν οὖν Ἄμβρωνας διέσπασε τὸ ῥεῖθρον οὐ γάρ ἔφθασαν εἰς τάξιν καταστῆναι διαβάντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πρώτοις εὐθὺς μετὰ δρόμου τῶν Λιγύων προσπεσόντων ἐν χερσὶν ἦν ἢ μάχη· τοῖς δὲ Λίγυσι τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπιβοηθούντων καὶ φερομένων ἄνωθεν ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους βιασθέντες ἐτράποντο.

[¶29] 19.6. Most of the Ambrones were cut down there in the stream where they were all crowded together, and the river was filled with their blood and their dead bodies; the rest, after the Romans had crossed, did not dare to face about, and the Romans kept slaying them until they came in their flight to their camp and waggons.

> Greek: 19.6. καὶ πλεῖστοι μὲν αὐτοῦ περὶ τὸ ῥεῖθρον ὠθούμενοι κατʼ ἀλλήλων ἐπαίοντο καὶ κατεπίμπλασαν φόνου καὶ νεκρῶν τὸν ποταμόν, τοὺς δὲ διαβάντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι μὴ τολμῶντας ἀναστρέφειν ἔκτεινον ἄχρι τοῦ στρατοπέδου καὶ τῶν ἁμαξῶν φεύγοντας.

[¶30] 19.7. Here the women met them, swords and axes in their hands, and with hideous shrieks of rage tried to drive back fugitives and pursuers alike, the fugitives as traitors, and the pursuers as foes; they mixed themselves up with the combatants, with bare hands tore away the shields of the Romans or grasped their swords, and endured wounds and mutilations, their fierce spirits unvanquished to the end. So, then, as we are told, the battle at the river was brought on by accident rather than by the intention of the commander.

> Greek: 19.7. ἐνταῦθα δὲ αἱ γυναῖκες ἀπαντῶσαι μετὰ ξιφῶν καὶ πελέκεων δεινὸν τετριγυῖαι καὶ περίθυμον ἠμύνοντο τοὺς φεύγοντας ὁμοίως καὶ τοὺς διώκοντας, τοὺς μὲν ὡς προδότας, τοὺς δὲ ὡς πολεμίους, ἀναπεφυρμέναι μαχομένοις καὶ χερσὶ γυμναῖς τούς τε θυρεοὺς τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀποσπῶσαι καὶ τῶν ξιφῶν ἐπιλαμβανόμεναι, καὶ τραύματα καὶ διακοπὰς σωμάτων ὑπομένουσαι, μέχρι τελευτῆς ἀήττητοι τοῖς θυμοῖς. τὴν μὲν οὖν παραποτάμιον μάχην οὕτω κατὰ τύχην μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ γενέσθαι λέγουσιν.

[¶31] 20.1. After destroying many of the Ambrones the Romans withdrew and night came on; but in spite of so great a success the army did not indulge in paeans of victory, or drinking in the tents, or friendly converse over suppers, or that sweetest of all delights for men who have fought and won a battle, gentle sleep, but that night more than any other was spent in fears and commotions.

> Greek: 20.1. ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλοὺς τῶν Ἀμβρώνων οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι διαφθείραντες ἀνεχώρησαν ὀπίσω καὶ σκότος ἐπέσχεν, οὐχ ὥσπερ ἐπʼ εὐτυχήματι τοσούτῳ τὸν στρατὸν ἐδέξαντο παιᾶνες ἐπινίκιοι καὶ πότοι κατὰ σκηνὰς καὶ φιλοφροσύναι περὶ δεῖπνα καὶ τὸ πάντων ἥδιστον ἀνδράσιν εὐτυχῶς μεμαχημένοις, ὕπνος ἤπιος, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνην μάλιστα τὴν νύκτα φοβερὰν καὶ ταραχώδη διήγαγον.

[¶32] 20.2. For their camp was still without palisade or wall, and there were still left many myriads of the Barbarians who had met with no defeat. These had been joined by all the Ambrones who survived the battle, and there was lamentation among them all night long, not like the wailings and groans of men, but howlings and bellowings with a strain of the wild beast in them, mingled with threats and cries of grief, went up from this vast multitude and echoed among the surrounding hills and over the river valley.

> Greek: 20.2. ἦν μὲν γάρ αὐτοῖς ἀχαράκωτον τὸ στρατόπεδον καὶ ἀτείχιστον, ἀπελείποντο δὲ τῶν βαρβάρων ἔτι πολλαὶ μυριάδες ἀήττητοι, καὶ συμμεμιγμένων τούτοις ὅσοι διαπεφεύγεσαν τῶν Ἀμβρώνων, ὀδυρμὸς ἦν διὰ νυκτός, οὐ κλαυθμοῖς οὐδὲ στεναγμοῖς ἀνθρώπων ἐοικώς, ἀλλὰ θηρομιγής τις ὠρυγὴ καὶ βρύχημα μεμιγμένον ἀπειλαῖς καὶ θρήνοις ἀναπεμπόμενον ἐκ πλήθους τοσούτου τά τε πέριξ ὄρη καὶ τὰ κοῖλα τοῦ ποταμοῦ περιεφώνει.

[¶33] 20.3. The whole plain was filled with an awful din, the Romans with fear, and even Marius himself with consternation as he awaited some disorderly and confused night-battle. However, the Barbarians made no attack either during that night or the following day, but spent the time in marshalling their forces and making preparations.

> Greek: 20.3. καὶ κατεῖχε φρικώδης ἦχος τὸ πεδίον, τοὺς δὲ Ῥωμαίους δέος, αὐτόν τε τὸν Μάριον ἔκπληξις ἄκοσμόν τινα καὶ ταραχώδη νυκτομαχίαν προσδεχόμενον. οὐ μὴν ἐπῆλθον οὔτε νυκτὸς οὔτε τῆς ἐπιούσης ἡμέρας, ἀλλὰ συντάττοντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ παρασκευαζόμενοι διετέλουν.

[¶34] 20.4. Meanwhile, since the position of the Barbarians was commanded by sloping glens and ravines that were shaded by trees, Marius sent Claudius Marcellus thither with three thousand men-at-arms, under orders to lie concealed in ambush until the battle was on, and then to show themselves in the enemy’s rear. The rest of his soldiers, who had taken supper in good season and then got a night’s sleep, he led out at day-break and drew up in front of the camp, and sent out his cavalry into the plain.

> Greek: 20.4. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Μάριος, ἦσαν γάρ ἐκ κεφαλῆς τῶν βαρβάρων νάπαι περικλινεῖς καὶ κατάσκιοι δρυμοῖς αὐλῶνες, ἐνταῦθα Κλαύδιον Μάρκελλον ἐκπέμπει μετὰ τρισχιλίων ὁπλιτῶν, ἐνεδρεῦσαι κελεύσας κρύφα καὶ μαχομένοις ἐξόπισθεν ἐπιφανῆναι. τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους δειπνήσαντας ἐν ὥρᾳ καὶ κοιμηθέντας ἅμʼ ἡμέρᾳ συνέταττε πρὸ τοῦ χάρακος ἀγαγών, καὶ προεξεπεμπε τοὺς ἱππέας εἰς τὸ πεδίον.

[¶35] 20.5. The Teutones, seeing this, could not wait for the Romans to come down and fight with them on equal terms, but quickly and wrathfully armed themselves and charged up the hill. But Marius, sending his officers to all parts of the line, exhorted the soldiers to stand firmly in their lines, and when the enemy had got within reach to hurl their javelins, then take to their swords and crowd the Barbarians back with their shields;

> Greek: 20.5. θεασάμενοι δὲ οἱ Τεύτονες οὐκ ἠνέσχοντο καταβαίνοντας αὐτοῖς ἐξ ἴσου διαγωνίζεσθαι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ἀλλὰ σὺν τάχει καὶ διʼ ὀργῆς ὁπλισάμενοι τῷ λόφῳ προσέβαλον. ὁ δὲ Μάριος ἑκασταχοῦ διαπέμπων τοὺς ἡγεμόνας ἑστάναι καὶ καρτερεῖν παρεκάλει, πελασάντων δὲ εἰς ἐφικτὸν ἐξακοντίσαι τοὺς ὑσσούς, εἶτα χρῆσθαι ταῖς μαχαίραις καὶ τοῖς θυρεοῖς ἀντερείσαντας βιάζεσθαι·

[¶36] 20.6. for since the enemy were on precarious ground their blows would have no force and the locking of their shields no strength, but the unevenness of the ground would keep them turning and tossing about. This was the advice he gave his men, and they saw that he was first to act accordingly; for he was in better training than any of them, and in daring far surpassed them all.

> Greek: 20.6. τῶν γάρ τόπων ἐπισφαλῶν ὄντων ἐκείνοις οὔτε τόνον ἕξειν τὰς πληγὰς οὔτε ῥώμην τὸν συνασπισμόν, ἐν περιτροπῇ καὶ σάλῳ τῶν σωμάτων ὄντων διὰ τὴν ἀνωμαλίαν. ταῦτα ἅμα παρῄνει καὶ δρῶν ἑωρᾶτο πρῶτος· οὐδενὸς γάρ ἤσκητο χεῖρον τὸ σῶμα, καὶ πάντας πολὺ τῇ τόλμῃ παρήλλαττεν.

[¶37] 21.1. Accordingly, the Romans awaited the enemy’s onset, then closed with them and checked their upward rush, and at last, crowding them back little by little, forced them into the plain. Here, while the Barbarians in front were at last forming in line on level ground, there was shouting and commotion in their rear. For Marcellus had watched his opportunity, and when the cries of battle were borne up over the hills he put his men upon the run and fell with loud shouts upon the enemy’s rear, where he cut down the hindmost of them.

> Greek: 21.1. ὡς οὖν ἀντιστάντες αὐτοῖς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ συμπεσόντες ἔσχον ἄνω φερομένους, ἐκθλιβόμενοι κατὰ μικρὸν ὑπεχώρουν εἰς τὸ πεδίον καὶ τῶν πρώτων ἤδη καθισταμένων εἰς τάξιν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις βοὴ καὶ διασπασμὸς ἦν περὶ τοὺς ὄπισθεν, ὁ γάρ καιρὸς οὐκ ἔλαθε τὸν Μάρκελλον, ἀλλὰ τῆς κραυγῆς ὑπὲρ τοὺς λόφους ἄνω φερομένης ἀναστήσας τοὺς μετʼ αὐτοῦ δρόμῳ καὶ ἀλαλαγμῷ προσέπιπτε κατὰ νώτου, κτείνων τοὺς ἐσχάτους.

[¶38] 21.2. Those in the rear forced along those who were in front of them, and quickly plunged the whole army into confusion, and under this double attack they could riot hold out long, but broke ranks and fled. The Romans pursued them and either slew or took alive over a hundred thousand of them, besides making themselves masters of their tents, waggons, and property, all of which, with the exception of what was pilfered, was given to Marius by vote of the soldiers. And though the gift that he received was so splendid, it was thought to be wholly unworthy of his services in the campaign, where the danger that threatened had been so great.

> Greek: 21.2. οἱ δὲ τοὺς πρὸ αὑτῶν ἐπισπώμενοι ταχὺ πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα ταραχῆς ἐνέπλησαν, οὐ πολύν τε χρόνον ἠνέσχοντο παιόμενοι διχόθεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν τάξιν λύσαντες ἔφευγον. οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι διώκοντες αὑτῶν μὲν ὑπὲρ δέκα μυριάδας ἣ ζῶντας εἷλον ἢ κατέβαλον, σκηνῶν δὲ καὶ ἁμαξῶν καὶ χρημάτων κρατήσαντες, ὅσα μὴ διεκλάπη, Μάριον λαβεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο. καὶ δωρεᾶς ταύτης λαμπροτάτης τυχὼν οὐδὲν ἄξιον ἔχειν ὧν ἐστρατήγησεν ἐνομίσθη διὰ τὸ τοῦ κινδύνου μέγεθος.

[¶39] 21.3. There are some writers, however, who give a different account of the division of the spoils, and also of the number of the slain. Nevertheless, it is said that the people of Massalia fenced their vineyards round with the bones of the fallen, and that the soil, after the bodies had wasted away in it and the rains had fallen all winter upon it, grew so rich and became so full to its depths of the putrefied matter that sank into it, that it produced an exceeding great harvest in after years, and confirmed the saying of Archilochus that “fields are fattened” by such a process.

> Greek: 21.3. ἕτεροι δὲ περὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῶν λαφύρων οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσιν, οὐδὲ περὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν πεσόντων. Μασσαλιήτας μέντοι λέγουσι τοῖς ὀστέοις περιθριγκῶσαι τοὺς ἀμπελῶνας, τὴν δὲ γῆν, τῶν νεκρῶν καταναλωθέντων ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ διὰ χειμῶνος ὄμβρων ἐπιπεσόντων, οὕτως ἐκλιπανθῆναι καὶ γενέσθαι διὰ βάθους περίπλεω τῆς σηπεδόνος ἐνδύσης ὥστε καρπῶν ὑπερβάλλον εἰς ὥρας πλῆθος ἐξενεγκεῖν καὶ μαρτυρῆσαι τῷ Ἀρχιλόχῳ λέγοντι πιαίνεσθαι πρὸς τοῦ τοιούτου τὰς ἀρούρας.

[¶40] 21.4. And it is said that extraordinary rains generally dash down after great battles, whether it is that some divine power drenches and hallows the ground with purifying waters from Heaven, or that the blood and putrefying matter send up a moist and heavy vapour which condenses the air, this being easily moved and readily changed to the highest degree by the slightest cause.

> Greek: 21.4. ἐπιεικῶς δὲ ταῖς μεγάλαις μάχαις ἐξαισίους ὑετοὺς ἐπικαταρρήγνυσθαι λέγουσιν, εἴτε δαιμονίου τινὸς τὴν γῆν καθαροῖς καὶ διιπετέσιν ἁγνίζοντος ὕδασι καὶ κατακλύζοντος, εἴτε τοῦ φόνου καὶ τῆς σηπεδόνος ἐξανιείσης ὑγρὰν καὶ βαρεῖαν ἀναθυμίασιν, ἣ τὸν ἀέρα συνίστησιν εὔτρεπτον ὄντα καὶ ῥᾴδιον μεταβάλλειν ἀπὸ σμικροτάτης ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀρχῆς.

[¶41] 22.1. After the battle, Marius collected such of the arms and spoils of the Barbarians as were handsome, entire, and fitted to make a show in his triumphal procession; all the rest he heaped up on a huge pyre and set on foot a magnificent sacrifice.

> Greek: 22.1. μετὰ δὲ τὴν μάχην ὁ Μάριος τῶν βαρβαρικῶν ὅπλων καὶ λαφύρων τὰ μὲν ἐκπρεπῆ καὶ ὁλόκληρα καὶ πομπικὴν ὄψιν τῷ θριάμβῳ δυνάμενα παρασχεῖν ἐπέλεξε, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ἐπὶ πυρᾶς μεγάλης κατασωρεύσας τὸ πλῆθος ἔθυσε θυσίαν μεγαλοπρεπῆ.

[¶42] 22.2. The soldiers had taken their stand about the pyre in arms, with chaplets on their heads, and Marius himself, having put on his purple-bordered robe and girt it about him, as the custom was, had taken a lighted torch, held it up towards heaven with both hands, and was just about to set fire to the pyre, when some friends were seen riding swiftly towards him, and there was deep silence and expectancy on the part of all.

> Greek: 22.2. καὶ τοῦ στρατοῦ παρεστῶτος ἐν ὅπλοις ἐστεφανωμένου περιζωσάμενος αὐτός, ὥσπερ ἔθος ἐστίν, ἀναβαλὼν τὴν περιπόρφυρον καὶ λαβὼν δᾷδα καιομένην καὶ διʼ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν χειρῶν ἀνασχὼν πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔμελλεν ὑφήσειν τῇ πυρᾷ· καὶ προσελαύνοντες ἵπποις ἑωρῶντο φίλοι σὺν τάχει πρὸς αὐτόν, ὥστε πολλὴν γενέσθαι σιωπὴν καὶ προσδοκίαν ἁπάντων.

[¶43] 22.3. But when the horsemen were near, they leaped to the ground and greeted Marius, bringing him the glad news that he had been elected consul for the fifth time, and giving him letters to that effect. This great cause for rejoicing having been added to the celebration of their victory, the soldiers, transported with delight, sent forth a universal shout, accompanied by the clash and clatter of their arms, and after his officers had crowned Marius afresh with wreaths of bay, he set fire to the pyre and completed the sacrifice.

> Greek: 22.3. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν, ἀποπηδήσαντες ἐδεξιοῦντο τὸν Μάριον, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸ πέμπτον αὐτὸν ὕπατον ᾑρῆσθαι, καὶ γράμματα περὶ τούτων ἀπέδοσαν. μεγάλης οὖν χαρᾶς τοῖς ἐπινικίοις προσγενομένης ὅ τε στρατὸς ὑφʼ ἡδονῆς ἐνοπλίῳ τινὶ κρότῳ καὶ πατάγῳ συνηλάλαξαν, καὶ τῶν ἡγεμόνων τὸν Μάριον αὖθις ἀναδούντων δάφνης στεφάνοις ἐνῆψε τὴν πυρὰν καὶ τὴν θυσίαν ἐπετελείωσεν.

[¶44] 23.1. However, that power which permits no great successes to bring a pure and unmixed enjoyment, but diversifies human life with a blending of evil and of good-be it Fortune, or Nemesis, or Inevitable Necessity, within a few days brought to Marius tidings of his colleague Catulus, which, like a cloud in a calm and serene sky, involved Rome in another tempest of fear.

> Greek: 23.1. ἡ δὲ μηθὲν ἐῶσα τῶν μεγάλων εὐτυχημάτων ἄκρατον εἰς ἡδονὴν καὶ καθαρόν, ἀλλὰ μείξει κακῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν ποικίλλουσα τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον ἢ τύχη τις ἢ νέμεσις ἢ πραγμάτων ἀναγκαία φύσις οὐ πολλαῖς ὕστερον ἡμέραις ἐπήγαγε τῷ Μαρίῳ τὴν περὶ Κάτλου τοῦ συνάρχοντος ἀγγελίαν, ὥσπερ ἐν εὐδίᾳ καὶ γαλήνῃ νέφος, αὖθις ἕτερον φόβον καὶ χειμῶνα τῇ Ῥώμῃ περιστήσασα.

[¶45] 23.2. For Catulus, who was facing the Cimbri, gave up trying to guard the passes of the Alps, lest he should be weakened by the necessity of dividing his forces into many parts, and at once descended into the plains of Italy. Here he put the river Atiso between himself and the enemy, built strong fortifications on both banks of it to prevent their crossing, and threw a bridge across the stream, that he might be able to go to the help of the people on the other side in case the Barbarians made their way through the passes and attacked the fortresses.

> Greek: 23.2. ὁ γάρ δὴ Κάτλος ἀντικαθήμενος τοῖς Κίμβροις τὰς μὲν ὑπερβολὰς τῶν Ἄλπεων ἀπέγνω φυλάσσειν, μὴ κατὰ πολλὰ τὴν δύναμιν μέρη διαιρεῖν ἀναγκαζόμενος ἀσθενὴς γένοιτο, καταβὰς δ’ εὐθὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ τὸν Ἀτισῶνα ποταμὸν λαβὼν πρὸ αὑτοῦ καὶ φραξάμενος πρὸς τὰς διαβάσεις ἑκατέρωθεν ἰσχυροῖς χαρακώμασιν, ἔζευξε τὸν πόρον, ὡς ἐπιβοηθεῖν εἴη τοῖς πέραν, εἰ πρὸς τὰ φρούρια βιάζοιντο διὰ τῶν στενῶν οἱ βάρβαροι.

[¶46] 23.3. But these Barbarians were so contemptuous and bold in following their enemies that, more by way of displaying their strength and daring than because it was necessary at all, they endured the snow-storms without any clothing, made their way through ice and deep snow to the summits, and from there, putting their broad shields under them and then letting themselves go, slid down the smooth and deeply fissured cliffs.

> Greek: 23.3. τοῖς δὲ τοσοῦτον περιῆν ὑπεροψίας καὶ θράσους κατὰ τῶν πολεμίων ὥστε ῥώμην καὶ τόλμαν ἐπιδεικνύμενοι μᾶλλον ἢ πράττοντὲς τι τῶν ἀναγκαίων γυμνοὶ μὲν ἠνείχοντο νιφόμενοι καὶ διὰ πάγων καὶ χιόνος βαθείας τοῖς ἄκροις προσέβαινον, ἄνωθεν δὲ τοὺς θυρεοὺς πλατεῖς ὑποτιθέντες τοῖς σώμασιν, εἶτα ἀφιέντες αὑτούς ὑπεφέροντο κατὰ κρημνῶν ὀλισθήματα καὶ λισσάδας ἀχανεῖς ἐχόντων.

[¶47] 23.4. After they had encamped near the stream and examined the passage, they began to dam it up, tearing away the neighbouring hills, like the giants of old, carrying into the river whole trees with their roots, fragments of cliffs, and mounds of earth, and crowding the current out of its course; they also sent whirling down the stream against the piles of the bridge heavy masses which made the bridge quiver with their blows, until at last the greater part of the Roman soldiers played the coward, abandoned their main camp, and began to retreat.

> Greek: 23.4. ὡς δὲ παραστρατοπεδεύσαντες ἐγγὺς καὶ κατασκεψάμενοι τὸν πόρον ἤρξαντο χοῦν, καὶ τοὺς πέριξ λόφους ἀναρρηγνύντες, ὥσπερ οἱ γίγαντες, ἅμα δένδρα πρόρριζα καὶ κρημνῶν σπαράγματα καὶ γῆς κολωνοὺς ἐφόρουν εἰς τὸν ποταμόν, ἐκθλίβοντες τὸ ῥεῦμα καὶ τοῖς ἐρείδουσι τὰ ζεύγματα βάθροις ἐφιέντες βάρη μεγάλα συρόμενα κατὰ ῥοῦν καὶ τινάττοντα ταῖς πληγαῖς τὴν γέφυραν, ἀποδειλιάσαντες οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐξέλειπον τὸ μέγα στρατόπεδον καὶ ἀνεχώρουν.

[¶48] 23.5. And now Catulus, like a consummately good commander, showed that he had less regard for his own reputation than for that of his countrymen. For finding that he could not persuade his soldiers to remain, and seeing that they were making off in terror, he ordered his standard to be taken up, ran to the foremost of the retiring troops, and put himself at their head, wishing that the disgrace should attach to himself and not to his country, and that his soldiers, in making their retreat, should not appear to be running away, but following their general.

> Greek: 23.5. ἔνθα δὴ Κάτλος ἔδειξεν ἑαυτόν, ὥσπερ χρὴ τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ τέλειον ἄρχοντα, τὴν αὑτοῦ δόξαν ἐν ὑστέρῳ τῶν πολιτῶν τιθέμενον. ἐπεὶ γάρ οὐκ ἔπειθε τοὺς στρατιώτας μένειν, ἀλλʼ ἑώρα περιδεῶς ἀναζευγνύντας, ἄρασθαι κελεύσας τὸν ἀετὸν εἰς τοὺς πρώτους τῶν ἀπερχομένων ὥρμησε δρόμῳ καὶ πρῶτος ἡγεῖτο, βουλόμενος αὑτοῦ τὸ αἰσχρόν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῆς πατρίδος γενέσθαι, καὶ δοκεῖν μὴ φεύγοντας, ἀλλʼ ἑπομένους τῷ στρατηγῷ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν.

[¶49] 23.6. The Barbarians attacked and captured the fortress on the further side of the Atiso, and they so much admired the Romans there, who showed themselves bravest of men and fought worthily of their country, that they let them go on parole, making them take oath upon the bronze bull. This was subsequently captured, after the battle, and was carried, we are told, to the house of Catulus as the chief prize of the victory. But the country was now destitute of defenders, and the Barbarians inundated and ravaged it.

> Greek: 23.6. οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι τὸ μὲν πέραν τοῦ Ἀτισῶνος φρούριον ἐπελθόντες ἔλαβον, καὶ τοὺς αὐτόθι Ῥωμαίους ἀνδρῶν κρατίστους γενομένους καὶ προκινδυνεύσαντας ἀξίως τῆς πατρίδος θαυμάσαντες ὑποσπόνδους ἀφῆκαν. ὀμόσαντες τὸν χαλκοῦν ταῦρον, ὃν ὕστερον ἁλόντα μετὰ τὴν μάχην εἰς τὴν Κάτλου φασὶν οἰκίαν ὥσπερ ἀκροθίνιον τῆς νίκης κομισθῆναι· τὴν δὲ χώραν ἔρημον βοηθείας ἐπιχυθέντες ἐπόρθουν.

[¶50] 24.1. In view of these things Marius was summoned to Rome. When he had arrived there, it was the general expectation that he would celebrate the triumph which the senate had readily voted him. But he refused to do so, either because he did not wish to deprive his soldiers and comrades-in-arms of their due honours, or because he would encourage the multitude in view of the present crisis by entrusting the glory of his first success to the fortune of the state, in the hope that it would be returned to him enhanced by a second.

> Greek: 24.1. ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐκαλεῖτο Μάριος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ παραγενόμενος, πάντων αὐτὸν οἰομένων θριαμβεύσειν καὶ τῆς βουλῆς προθύμως ψηφισαμένης, οὐκ ἠξίωσεν, εἴτε τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ συναγωνιστὰς ἀποστερῆσαι τῆς φιλοτιμίας μὴ βουλόμενος, εἴτε πρὸς τὰ παρόντα θαρρύνων τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς τῇ τύχῃ τῆς πόλεως παρακατατιθέμενος τὴν τῶν πρώτων κατορθωμάτων, δόξαν ἐν τοῖς δευτέροις λαμπροτέραν ἀποδοθησομένην.

[¶51] 24.2. Having said what was suitable to the occasion, he set out to join Catulus, whom he tried to encourage, while at the same time he summoned his own soldiers from Gaul. When these had come, he crossed the Po and tried to keep the Barbarians out of the part of Italy lying this side of the river. But the Barbarians declined battle, alleging that they were waiting for their brethren the Teutones and wondered why they were so long in coming; this was either because they were really ignorant of their destruction, or because they wished to have the appearance of disbelieving it.

> Greek: 24.2. διαλεχθεὶς δὲ τὰ πρέποντα τῷ καιρῷ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Κάτλον ἐξορμήσας, τοῦτόν τε παρεθάρρυνε καὶ τοὺς αὑτοῦ μετεπέμπετο στρατιώτας ἐκ Γαλατίας, ὡς δὲ ἀφίκοντο, διαβὰς τὸν Ἠριδανὸν εἴργειν ἐπειρᾶτο τῆς ἐντὸς Ἰταλίας τοὺς βαρβάρους, οἱ δὲ τοὺς Τεύτονας ἐκδέχεσθαι καὶ θαυμάζειν ὡς βραδυνόντων φάσκοντες ἀνεβάλλοντο τὴν μάχην, εἴτε ἀγνοοῦντες ὄντως τὴν ἐκείνων φθοράν, εἴτε βουλόμενοι δοκεῖν ἀπιστεῖν.

[¶52] 24.3. For they terribly mishandled those who brought tidings of it, and sent to Marius demanding territory for themselves and their brethren and enough cities for them to dwell in. When Marius asked their ambassadors whom they meant by their brethren, they said they meant the Teutones. At this, all the other Romans who heard them burst out laughing, and Marius scoffingly said: “Then don’t trouble yourselves about your brethren, for they have land, and they will have it forever—land which we have given them.”

> Greek: 24.3. καὶ γὰρ τοὺς ἀγγέλλοντας ᾐκίζοντο δεινῶς, καὶ τὸν Μάριον ᾔτουν πέμψαντες ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς χώραν καὶ πόλεις ἱκανὰς ἐνοικεῖν. ἐρομένου δὲ τοῦ Μαρίου τοὺς πρέσβεις περὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν, κἀκείνων ὀνομασάντων τοὺς Τεύτονας, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες ἐγέλασαν, ὁ δὲ Μάριος ἔσκωψεν εἰπὼν ἐᾶτε τοίνυν τοὺς ἀδελφούς· ἔχουσι γὰρ γῆν ἐκεῖνοι καὶ διὰ παντὸς ἕξουσι παρʼ ἡμῶν λαβόντες.

[¶53] 24.4. The ambassadors understood his sarcasm and fell to abusing him, declaring that he should be punished for it, by the Cimbri at once, and by the Teutones when they came. “Verily,” said Marius, “they are here, and it will not be right for you to go away before you have embraced your brethren.” Saying this, he ordered the kings of the Teutones to be produced in fetters; for they had been captured among the Alps, where they were fugitives, by the Sequani.

> Greek: 24.4. οἱ δὲ πρέσβεις τὴν εἰρωνείαν συνέντες ἐλοιδόρουν αὐτὸν ὡς δίκην ὑφέξοντα, Κίμβροις μὲν αὐτίκα, Τεύτοσι δὲ ὅταν παραγένωνται. καὶ μὴν πάρεισιν, ἔφη ὁ Μάριος, καὶ οὐχ ἕξει καλῶς ὑμῖν ἀπαλλαγῆναι πρότερον ἢ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἀσπάσασθαι. καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐκέλευσε τοὺς βασιλεῖς τῶν Τευτόνων προσαχθῆναι δεδεμένους· ἑάλωσαν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς Ἄλπεσι φεύγοντες ὑπὸ Σηκουανῶν.

[¶54] 25.1. When these things had been reported to the Cimbri, they once more advanced against Marius, who kept quiet and carefully guarded his camp. And it is said that it was in preparation for this battle that Marius introduced an innovation in the structure of the javelin. Up to this time, it seems, that part of the shaft which was let into the iron head was fastened there by two iron nails; but now, leaving one of these as it was, Marius removed the other, and put in its place a wooden pin that could easily be broken.

> Greek: 25.1. ὡς δὲ ἀπηγγέλθη ταῦτα τοῖς Κίμβροις, αὖθις ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐχώρουν ἐπὶ τὸν Μάριον ἡσυχάζοντα καὶ διαφυλάττοντα τὸ στρατόπεδον.· λέγεται δὲ εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν μάχην πρῶτον ὑπὸ Μαρίου καινοτομηθῆναι τὸ περὶ τοὺς ὑσσούς. τὸ γάρ εἰς τὸν σίδηρον ἔμβλημα τοῦ ξύλου πρότερον μὲν ἦν δυσὶ περόναις κατειλημμένον σιδηραῖς, τότε δὲ ὁ Μάριος τὴν μέν, ὥσπερ εἶχεν, εἴασε, τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν ἐξελὼν ξύλινον ἧλον εὔθραυστον ἀντʼ αὐτῆς ἐνέβαλε, τεχνάζων προσπεσόντα τὸν ὑσσὸν τῷ θυρεῷ τοῦ πολεμίου μὴ μένειν ὀρθόν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ξυλίνου κλασθέντος ἥλου καμπὴν γίνεσθαι περὶ τὸν σίδηρον καὶ παρέλκεσθαι τὸ δόρυ, διὰ τὴν στρεβλότητα τῆς αἰχμῆς ἐνεχόμενον.

[¶55] 25.2. His design was that the javelin, after striking the enemy’s shield, should not stand straight out, but that the wooden peg should break, thus allowing the shaft to bend in the iron head and trail along the ground, being held fast by the twist at the point of the weapon. And now Boeorix the king of the Cimbri, with a small retinue, rode up towards the camp and challenged Marius to set a day and a place and come out and fight for the ownership of the country.

> Greek: 25.2. Βοιῶριξ δὲ ὁ τῶν Κίμβρων βασιλεὺς ὀλιγοστὸς προσιππεύσας τῷ στρατοπέδῳ προὐκαλεῖτο τὸν Μάριον, ἡμέραν ὁρίσαντα καὶ τόπον, προελθεῖν καὶ διαγωνίσασθαι περὶ τῆς χώρας.

[¶56] 25.3. Marius replied that the Romans never allowed their enemies to give them advice about fighting, but that he would nevertheless gratify the Cimbri in this matter. Accordingly, they decided that the day should be the third following, and the place the plain of Vercellae, which was suitable for the operations of the Roman cavalry, and would give the Cimbri room to deploy their numbers.

> Greek: 25.3. τοῦ δὲ Μαρίου φήσαντος οὐδέποτε Ῥωμαίους συμβούλοις κεχρῆσθαι περὶ μάχης τοῖς πολεμίοις, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ χαριεῖσθαι τοῦτο Κίμβροις, ἡ μέραν μὲν ἔθεντο τὴν ἀπʼ· ἐκείνης τρίτην, χώραν δὲ τὸ πεδίον τὸ περὶ Βερκέλλας, Ῥωμαίοις μὲν ἐπιτήδειον ἐνιππάσασθαι, τῶν δὲ ἀνάχυσιν τῷ πλήθει παρασχεῖν.

[¶57] 25.4. When, therefore, the appointed time had come, the Romans drew up their forces for battle. Catulus had twenty thousand three hundred soldiers, while those of Marius amounted to thirty-two thousand, which were divided between both wings and had Catulus between them in the centre, as Sulla, who fought in this battle, has stated.

> Greek: 25.4. τηρήσαντες οὖν τὸν ὡρισμένον χρόνον ἀντιπαρετάσσοντο, Κάτλος μὲν ἔχων δισμυρίους καὶ τριακοσίους στρατιώτας, οἱ δὲ Μαρίου δισχίλιοι μὲν ἐπὶ τρισμυρίοις ἐγένοντο, περιέσχον δὲ τὸν Κάτλον ἐν μέσῳ νεμηθέντες εἰς ἑκάτερον κέρας, ὡς Σύλλας, ἠγωνισμένος ἐκείνην τὴν μάχην, γέγραφε.

## 3. Chapters 25–36

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/3/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/3/#p-N

[¶0] 25.5. He says also that Marius hoped that the two lines would engage at their extremities chiefly and on the wings, in order that his soldiers might have the whole credit for the victory and that Catulus might not participate in the struggle nor even engage the enemy (since the centre, as is usual in battle-fronts of great extent, would be folded back); and therefore arranged the forces in this manner.

> Greek: 25.5. καί φησι τὸν Μάριον ἐλπίσαντα τοῖς ἄκροις μάλιστα καὶ κατὰ κέρας συμπεσεῖν τὰς φάλαγγας, ὅπως ἴδιος ἡ νίκη τῶν ἐκείνου στρατιωτῶν γένοιτο καὶ μὴ μετάσχοι τοῦ ἀγῶνος ὁ Κάτλος μηδὲ προσμίξειε τοῖς πολεμίοις, κόλπωμα τῶν μέσων, ὥσπερ εἴωθεν ἐν μεγάλοις μετώποις, λαμβανόντων, οὕτω διαστῆσαι τὰς δυνάμεις.

[¶1] 25.6. And we are told that Catulus himself also made a similar statement in defence of his conduct in the battle, and accused Marius of great malice in his treatment of him. As for the Cimbri, their foot-soldiers advanced slowly from their defences, with a depth equal to their front, for each side of their formation had an extent of thirty furlongs;

> Greek: 25.6. ὅμοια δὲ καὶ τὸν Κάτλον αὐτὸν ἀπολογεῖσθαι περὶ τούτων ἱστοροῦσι, πολλὴν κατηγοροῦντα τοῦ Μαρίου κακοήθειαν πρὸς αὐτόν. τοῖς δὲ Κίμβροις τὸ μὲν πεζὸνἐκ τῶν ἐρυμάτων καθʼ ἡσυχίαν προῄει, βάθος ἴσον τῷ μετώπῳ ποιούμενον. ἑκάστη γὰρ ἐπέσχε πλευρὰ σταδίους τριάκοντα τῆς παρατάξεως·

[¶2] 25.7. and their horsemen, fifteen thousand strong, rode out in splendid style, with helmets made to resemble the maws of frightful wild beasts or the heads of strange animals, which, with their towering crests of feathers, made their wearers appear taller than they really were; they were also equipped with breastplates of iron, and carried gleaming white shields. For hurling, each man had two lances; and at close quarters they used large, heavy swords.

> Greek: 25.7. οἱ δὲ ἱππεῖς μύριοι καὶ πεντακισχίλιοι τὸ πλῆθος ὄντες ἐξήλασαν λαμπροί, κράνη μὲν εἰκασμένα θηρίων φοβερῶν χάσμασι καὶ προτομαῖς ἰδιομόρφοις ἔχοντες, ἃς ἐπαιρόμενοι λόφοις πτερωτοῖς εἰς ὕψος ἐφαίνοντο μείζους, θώραξι δὲ κεκοσμημένοι σιδηροῖς, θυρεοῖς δὲ λευκοῖς στίλβοντες. ἀκόντισμα δὲ ἦν ἑκάστῳ διβολία· συμπεσόντες δὲ μεγάλαις ἐχρῶντο καὶ βαρείαις μαχαίραις.

[¶3] 26.1. At this time, however, they did not charge directly upon the Romans, but swerved to the right and tried to draw them along gradually until they got them between themselves and their infantry, which was drawn up on their left. The Roman commanders perceived the crafty design, but did not succeed in holding their soldiers back; for one of them shouted that the enemy was taking to flight, and then all set out to pursue them.

> Greek: 26.1. τότε δὲ οὐχὶ κατὰ στόμα προσεφέροντο τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ἀλλʼ ἐκκλίνοντες ἐπὶ δεξιὰ ὑπῆγον αὑτοὺς κατὰ μικρόν, ἐμβάλλοντες εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτῶν τε καὶ τῶν πεζῶν ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς παρατεταγμένων, καὶ συνεῖδον μὲν οἱ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγοὶ τὸν δόλον, ἐπισχεῖν δὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας οὐκ ἔφθησαν, ἀλλʼ ἑνὸς ἐκβοήσαντος ὅτι φεύγουσιν οἱ πολέμιοι, πάντες ὥρμησαν διώκειν.

[¶4] 26.2. Meanwhile the infantry of the Barbarians came on to the attack like a vast sea in motion. Then Marius, after washing his hands, lifted them to heaven and vowed a hecatomb to the gods; Catulus also in like manner lifted his hands and vowed that he would consecrate the fortune of that day. It is said, too, that Marius offered sacrifice, and that when the victims had been shown to him, he cried with a loud voice: “Mine is the victory.”

> Greek: 26.2. καὶ τὸ πεζὸν ἐν τούτῳ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπῄει καθάπερ πέλαγος ἀχανὲς κινούμενον. ἐνταῦθα νιψάμενος ὁ Μάριος τὰς χεῖρας καὶ πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνασχὼν εὔξατο τοῖς θεοῖς κατὰ ἑκατόμβης, εὔξατο δὲ καὶ Κάτλος ὁμοίως ἀνασχὼν τὰς χεῖρας καθιερώσειν τὴν τύχην τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, τὸν δὲ Μάριον καὶ θύσαντα λέγεται τῶν ἱερῶν αὐτῷ δειχθέντων μέγα φθεγξάμενον εἰπεῖν ἐμὴ ἡ νίκη.

[¶5] 26.3. After the attack had begun, however, an experience befell Marius which signified the divine displeasure, according to Sulla. For an immense cloud of dust was raised, as was to be expected, and the two armies were hidden from one another by it, so that Marius, when he first led his forces to the attack, missed the enemy, passed by their lines of battle, and moved aimlessly up and down the plain for some time. Meanwhile, as chance would have it, the Barbarians engaged fiercely with Catulus, and he and his soldiers, among whom Sulla says he himself was posted, bore the brunt of the struggle.

> Greek: 26.3. γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἐφόδου πρᾶγμα νεμεσητὸν παθεῖν τὸν Μάριον οἱ περὶ Σύλλαν ἱστοροῦσι. κονιορτοῦ γὰρ ἀρθέντος, οἷον εἰκός, ἀπλέτου καὶ τῶν στρατοπέδων ἀποκεκρυμμένων, ἐκεῖνον μέν, ὡς τὸ πρῶτον ὥρμησε πρὸς τὴν δίωξιν, ἐπισπασάμενον τὴν δύναμιν ἀστοχῆσαι τῶν πολεμίων καὶ παρενεχθέντα τῆς φάλαγγος ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ διαφέρεσθαι πολὺν χρόνον, τῷ δὲ Κάτλῳ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἀπὸ τύχης συρραγῆναι, καὶ γενέσθαι τὸν ἀγῶνα κατʼ ἐκεῖνον καὶ τοὺς ἐκείνου μάλιστα στρατιώτας, ἐν οἷς αὐτὸς ὁ Σύλλας τετάχθαι φησί·

[¶6] 26.4. The Romans were favoured in the struggle, Sulla says, by the heat, and by the sun, which shone in the faces of the Cimbri. For the Barbarians were well able to endure cold, and had been brought up in shady and chilly regions, as I have said. They were therefore undone by the heat; they sweated profusely, breathed with difficulty, and were forced to hold their shields before their faces. For the battle was fought after the summer solstice, which falls, by Roman reckoning, three days before the new moon of the month now called August, but then Sextilis.

> Greek: 26.4. συναγωνίσασθαι δὲ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τὸ καῦμα καὶ τὸν ἥλιον ἀντιλάμποντα τοῖς Κίμβροις. δεινοὶ γὰρ ὄντες ὑπομεῖναι κρύη, καὶ τόποις ἐντεθραμμένοι σκιεροῖς, ὡς λέλεκται, καὶ ψυχροῖς, ἀνετρέποντο πρὸς τὸ θάλπος, ἱδρῶτά τε μετὰ ἄσθματος πολὺν ἐκ τῶν σωμάτων ἀφιέντες καὶ τοὺς θυρεοὺς προβαλλόμενοι πρὸ τῶν προσώπων, ἅτε δὴ καὶ μετὰ τροπὰς θέρους τῆς μάχης γενομένης, ἃς ἄγουσι Ῥωμαῖοι πρὸ τριῶν ἡμερῶν τῆς νουμηνίας τοῦ νῦν μὲν Αὐγούστου, τότε δὲ Σεξτιλίου μηνός.

[¶7] 26.5. Moreover, the dust, by hiding the enemy, helped to encourage the Romans. For they could not see from afar the great numbers of the foe, but each one of them fell at a run upon the man just over against him, and fought him hand to hand, without having been terrified by the sight of the rest of the host. And their bodies were so inured to toil and so thoroughly trained that not a Roman was observed to sweat or pant, in spite of the great heat and the run with which they came to the encounter. This is what Catulus himself is said to have written in extolling his soldiers.

> Greek: 26.5. ὤνησε δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸ θαρρεῖν ὁ κονιορτὸς ἀποκρύψας τοὺς πολεμίους, οὐ γάρ κατεῖδον ἐκ πολλοῦ τὸ πλῆθος, ἀλλὰ δρόμῳ τοῖς κατʼ αὑτοὺς ἕκαστοι προσμείξαντες ἐν χερσὶν ἦσαν, ὑπὸ τῆς ὄψεως μὴ προεκφοβηθέντες. οὕτω δ’ ἦσαν διάπονοι τὰ σώματα καὶ κατηθληκότες ὡς μήτε ἱδροῦντά τινα μήτε ἀσθμαίνοντα Ῥωμαίων ὀφθῆναι διὰ πνίγους τοσούτου καὶ μετὰ δρόμου τῆς συρράξεως γενομένης, ὡς τὸν Κάτλον αὐτὸν ἱστορεῖν λέγουσι μεγαλύνοντα τοὺς στρατιώτας.

[¶8] 27.1. The greatest number and the best fighters of the enemy were cut to pieces on the spot; for to prevent their ranks from being broken, those who fought in front were bound fast to one another with long chains which were passed through their belts. The fugitives, however, were driven back to their entrenchments, where the Romans beheld a most tragic spectacle.

> Greek: 27.1. τὸ μὲν οὖν πλεῖστον μέρος καὶ μαχιμώτατον τῶν πολεμίων αὐτοῦ κατεκόπη· καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ διασπᾶσθαι τὴν τάξιν οἱ πρόμαχοι μακραῖς ἁλύσεσι πρὸς ἀλλήλους συνεχόμενοι διὰ τῶν ζωστήρων ἀναδεδεμέναις· τοὺς δὲ φεύγοντας ὤσαντες πρὸς τὸ χαράκωμα τραγικωτάτοις ἐνετύγχανον πάθεσιν.

[¶9] 27.2. The women, in black garments, stood at the waggons and slew the fugitives—their husbands or brothers or fathers, then strangled their little children and cast them beneath the wheels of the waggons or the feet of the cattle, and then cut their own throats. It is said that one woman hung dangling from the tip of a waggon-pole, with her children tied to either ankle;

> Greek: 27.2. αἱ γὰρ γυναῖκες ἐπὶ τῶν ἁμαξῶν μελανείμονες ἐφεστῶσαι τούς τε φεύγοντας ἔκτεινον, αἱ μὲν ἄνδρας, αἱ δὲ ἀδελφούς, αἱ δὲ πατέρας, καὶ τὰ νήπια τῶν τέκνων ἀπάγχουσαι ταῖς χερσὶν ἐρρίπτουν ὑπὸ τοὺς τροχοὺς καὶ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ὑποζυγίων, αὑτὰς δὲ ἀπέσφαττον. μίαν δέ φασιν ἓξ ἄκρου ῥυμοῦ κρεμαμένην τὰ παιδία τῶν αὑτῆς σφυρῶν ἀφημμένα βρόχοις ἐκατέρωθεν ἠρτῆσθαι·

[¶10] 27.3. while the men, for lack of trees, fastened themselves by the neck to the horns of the cattle, or to their legs, then plied the goad, and were dragged or trampled to death as the cattle dashed away. Nevertheless, in spite of such self-destruction, more than sixty thousand were taken prisoners; and those who fell were said to have been twice that number.

> Greek: 27.3. τοὺς δὲ ἄνδρας ἀπορίᾳ δένδρων τοῖς κέρασι τῶν βοῶν, τοὺς δὲ τοῖς σκέλεσι προσδεῖν τοὺς αὑτῶν τραχήλους, εἶτα κέντρα προσφέροντας ἐξαλλομένων τῶν βοῶν ἐφελκομένους καὶ πατουμένους ἀπόλλυσθαι. πλὴν καίπερ οὕτως αὑτῶν διαφθαρέντων, ἑάλωσαν ὑπὲρ ἓξ μυριάδας· αἱ δὲ τῶν πεσόντων ἐλέγοντο δὶς τοσαῦται γενέσθαι.

[¶11] 27.4. Now, the enemy’s property became the booty of the soldiers of Marius, but the spoils of battle, the standards, and the trumpets, were brought, we are told, to the camp of Catulus and Catulus relied chiefly upon this as a proof that the victory was won by his men. Furthermore, a dispute for the honour of the victory arose among the soldiers, as was natural, and the members of an embassy from Parma were chosen to act as arbitrators. These men the soldiers of Catulus conducted among the dead bodies of the enemy, which were clearly seen to have been pierced by their javelins; for these could be known by the name of Catulus which had been cut into the shaft.

> Greek: 27.4. τὰ μὲν οὖν χρήματα διήρπασαν οἱ Μαρίου στρατιῶται, τὰ δὲ λάφυρα καὶ τὰς σημαίας καὶ τὰς σάλπιγγας εἰς τὸ Κάτλου στρατόπεδον ἀνενεχθῆναι λέγουσιν· ᾧ καὶ μάλιστα τεκμηρίῳ χρῆσθαι τὸν Κάτλον ὡς κατʼ αὐτὸν ἡ νίκη γένοιτο, καὶ μέντοι καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐμπεσούσης ἔριδος, ᾑρέθησαν οἷον διαιτηταὶ πρέσβεις Παρμητῶν παρόντες, οὓς οἱ Κάτλου διὰ τῶν πολεμίων νεκρῶν ἄγοντες ἐπεδείκνυντο τοῖς ἑαυτῶν ὑσσοῖς διαπεπαρμένους· γνώριμοι δ’ ἦσαν ὑπὸ γραμμάτων, τοὔνομα τοῦ Κάτλου παρὰ τὸ ξύλον αὑτῶν ἐγχαράξαντος.

[¶12] 27.5. However, the entire success was attributed to Marius, both on account of his former victory and of his superior rank. Above all, the people hailed him as the third founder of Rome, on the ground that the peril which he had averted from the city was not less than that of the Gallic invasion; and all of them, as they made merry at home with their wives and children, would bring ceremonial offerings of food and libations of wine to Marius as well as to the gods, and they were insistent that he alone should celebrate both triumphs.

> Greek: 27.5. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τῷ Μαρίῳ προσετίθετο σύμπαν τὸ ἔργον ἥ τε προτέρα νίκη καὶ τὸ πρόσχημα τῆς ἀρχῆς, μάλιστα δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ κτίστην τε Ῥώμης τρίτον ἐκεῖνον ἀνηγόρευον, ὡς οὐχ ἥττονα τοῦ Κελτικοῦ τοῦτον ἀπεωσμένον τὸν κίνδυνον, εὐθυμούμενοί τε μετὰ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν ἕκαστοι κατʼ οἶκον ἅμα τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ Μαρίῳ δείπνου καὶ λοιβῆς ἀπήρχοντο, καὶ θριαμβεύειν μόνον ἠξίουν ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς θριάμβους.

[¶13] 27.6. Marius, however, would not do this, but celebrated his triumph with Catulus, wishing to show himself a man of moderation after a course of so great good fortune. Perhaps, too, he was afraid of the soldiers, who were drawn up and ready, in case Catulus were deprived of his honour, to prevent Marius also from celebrating a triumph.

> Greek: 27.6. οὐ μὴν ἐθριάμβευσεν οὕτως, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τοῦ Κάτλου, μέτριον ἐπὶ τηλικαύταις εὐτυχίαις βουλόμενος παρέχειν ἑαυτόν· ἔστι δὲ ὅ τι καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας φοβηθείς παρατεταγμένους, εἰ Κάτλος ἀπείργοιτο τῆς τιμῆς, μηδὲ ἐκεῖνον ἐᾶν θριαμβεύειν.

[¶14] 28.1. Thus, then, his fifth consulship was coming to an end; but he was as eager for a sixth as another would have been for his first. He tried to win over the people by obsequious attentions, and yielded to the multitude in order to gain its favour, thus doing violence, not only to the dignity and majesty of his high office, but also to his own nature, since he wished to be a compliant man of the people when he was naturally at farthest remove from this.

> Greek: 28.1. πέμπτην μὲν οὖν ὑπατείαν διεῖπε· τῆς δὲ ἕκτης ὡς οὐδὲ εἷς πρώτης ὠρέγετο, θεραπείαις τὸν δῆμον ἀναλαμβάνων καὶ πρὸς χάριν ἐνδιδοὺς τοῖς πολλοῖς, οὐ μόνον παρὰ τὸν ὄγκον καὶ τὸ κοινὸν ἀξίωμα τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ φύσιν ὑγρός τις εἶναι βουλόμενος καὶ δημοτικός, ἥκιστα τοιοῦτος πεφυκώς.

[¶15] 28.2. In confronting a political crisis or the tumultuous throng, we are told, his ambition made him most timorous, and that undaunted firmness which he showed in battle forsook him when he faced the popular assemblies, so that he was disconcerted by the most ordinary praise or blame. And yet we are told that when he had bestowed citizenship upon as many as a thousand men of Camerinum for conspicuous bravery in the war, the act was held to be illegal and was impeached by some; to whom he replied that the clash of arms had prevented his hearing the voice of the law.

> Greek: 28.2. ἀλλʼ ἦν, ὡς λέγουσι, πρὸς πολιτείαν καὶ τοὺς ἐν ὄχλοις θορύβους ὑπὸ φιλοδοξίας ἀτολμότατος, καὶ τὸ παρὰ τὰς μάχας ἀνέκπληκτον καὶ στάσιμον ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἀπέλειπεν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν τυχόντων ἐπαίνων καὶ ψόγων ἐξιστάμενον. καίτοι λέγεται Καμερίνων ἄνδρας ὁμοῦ χιλίους διαπρεπῶς ἀγωνισαμένους ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ δωρησάμενος πολιτείᾳ, δοκοῦντος εἶναι τούτου παρανόμου καί τινων ἐγκαλούντων, εἰπεῖν ὅτι τοῦ νόμου διὰ τὸν τῶν ὅπλων ψόφον οὐ κατακούσειεν.

[¶16] 28.3. However, he appeared to be in greater fear and terror of the shouting in the popular assemblies. At any rate, while in war he had authority and power because his services were needed, yet in civil life his leadership was more abridged, and he therefore had recourse to the goodwill and favour of the multitude, not caring to be the best man if only he could be the greatest.

> Greek: 28.3. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἔοικεν ἐκπλήσσεσθαι καὶ δεδιέναι τὴν ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις κραυγήν. ἐν μὲν γε τοῖς ὅπλοις ἀξίωμα καὶ δύναμιν εἶχε διὰ τὴν χρείαν, ἐν δὲ τῇ πολιτείᾳ περικοπτόμενος τὰ πρωτεῖα κατέφευγεν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν εὔνοιαν καὶ χάριν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέγιστος γενέσθαι τὸ βέλτιστος εἶναι προϊέμενος.

[¶17] 28.4. The consequence was that he came into collision with all the aristocrats. It was Metellus, however, whom he especially feared, a man who had experienced his ingratitude, and one whose genuine excellence made him the natural enemy of those who tried to insinuate themselves by devious methods into popular favour and sought to control the masses by pleasing them. Accordingly, he schemed to banish Metellus from the city.

> Greek: 28.4. πᾶσι μὲν οὖν προσέκρουε τοῖς ἀριστοκρατικοῖς, μάλιστα δὲ ὀρρωδῶν τὸν Μέτελλον ἠχαριστημένον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ φύσει διʼ ἀρετὴν ἀληθῆ πολεμοῦντα τοῖς οὐ κατὰ τὸ βέλτιστον ὑποδυομένοις τὰ πλήθη καὶ πρὸς ἡδονὴν δημαγωγοῦσιν, ἐπεβούλευε τῆς πόλεως ἐκβαλεῖν τὸν ἄνδρα.

[¶18] 28.5. For this purpose he allied himself with Saturninus and Glaucia, men of the greatest effrontery, who had a rabble of needy and noisy fellows at their beck and call, and with their assistance would introduce laws. He also stirred up the soldiery, got them to mingle with the citizens in the assemblies, and thus controlled a faction which could overpower Metellus. Then, according to Rutilius, who is generally a lover of truth and an honest man, but had a private quarrel with Marius, he actually got his sixth consulship by paying down large sums of money among the tribes, and by buying votes made Metellus lose his election to the office, and obtained as his colleague in the consulship Valerius Flaccus, who was more a servant than a colleague.

> Greek: 28.5. καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο Γλαυκίαν καὶ Σατορνῖνον, ἀνθρώπους θρασυτάτους καὶ πλῆθος ἄπορον καὶ θορυβοποιὸν ὑπʼ αὑτοῖς ἔχοντας, σἰκειωσάμενος εἰσέφερε νόμους διʼ αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ στρατιωτικὸν ἐπάρας κατεμίγνυε ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις καὶ κατεστασίαζε τὸν Μέτελλον. ὡς δὲ Ῥουτίλιος ἱστορεῖ, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα φιλαλήθης ἀνήρ καὶ χρηστός, ἰδίᾳ δὲ τῷ Μαρίῳ προσκεκρουκώς, καὶ τῆς ἕκτης ἔτυχεν ὑπατείας ἀργύριον εἷς τὰς φυλὰς καταβαλὼν πολὺ καὶ πριάμενος τὸ Μέτελλον ἐκκροῦσαι τῆς ἀρχῆς, Οὐαλλέριον δὲ Φλάκκον ὑπηρέτην μᾶλλον ἢ συνάρχοντα τῆς ὑπατείας λαβεῖν.

[¶19] 28.6. And yet the people had never bestowed so many consulships upon any other man except Corvinus Valerius. In the case of Corvinus, however, forty-five years are said to have elapsed between his first and his last consulship; whereas Marius, after his first consulship, ran through the other five without a break.

> Greek: 28.6. οὐδενὶ μέντοι τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ πλὴν μόνῳ Κορβίνῳ Οὐαλλερίῳ τοσαύτας ὑπατείας ἔδωκεν ὁ δῆμος, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνῳ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης εἷς τὴν τελευταίαν ἔτη πέντε καὶ τεσσαράκοντα γενέσθαι λέγουσι, Μάριος δὲ μετὰ τὴν πρώτην τὰς πέντε ῥύμῃ μιᾷ τύχης διέδραμε.

[¶20] 29.1. In this last consulship particularly did Marius make himself hated, because he took part with Saturninus in many of his misdeeds. One of these was the murder of Nonius, whom Saturninus slew because he was a rival candidate for the tribuneship. Then, as tribune, Saturninus introduced his agrarian law, to which was added a clause providing that the senators should come forward and take oath that they would abide by whatsoever the people might vote and make no opposition to it.

> Greek: 29.1. καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τὴν τελευταίαν ἐφθονεῖτο, πολλὰ συνεξαμαρτάνων τοῖς περὶ τὸν Σατορνῖνον. ὧν ἦν καὶ ὁ Νωνίου φόνος, ὃν ἀντιπαραγγέλλοντα δημαρχίαν ἀπέσφαξεν ὁ Σατορνῖνος. εἶτα δημαρχῶν ἐπῆγε τὸν περὶ τῆς χώρας νόμον, ᾧ προσεγέγραπτο τὴν σύγκλητον ὀμόσαι προσελθοῦσαν, ἦ μὴν ἐμμενεῖν οἷς ἂν ὁ δῆμος ψηφίσαιτο καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν ὑπεναντιώσεσθαι.

[¶21] 29.2. In the senate Marius made pretence of opposing this part of the law, and declared that he would not take the oath, and that he thought no other sensible man would; for even if the law were not a bad one, it was an insult to the senate that it should be compelled to make such concessions, instead of making them under persuasion and of its own free will. He said this, however, not because it was his real mind, but that he might catch Metellus in the toils of a fatal trick.

> Greek: 29.2. τοῦτο τοῦ νόμου τό μέρος προσποιούμενος ἐν τῇ βουλῇ διώκειν ὁ Μάριος οὐκ ἔφη δέξεσθαι τὸν ὅρκον, οὐδὲ ἄλλον οἴεσθαι σωφρονοῦντα· καὶ γάρ εἰ μὴ μοχθηρὸς ἦν ὁ νόμος, ὕβριν εἶναι τὰ τοιαῦτα τὴν βουλὴν διδόναι βιαζομένην, ἀλλὰ μὴ πειθοῖ μηδὲ ἐκοῦσαν. ταῦτα δὲ οὐχ οὕτως φρονῶν ἔλεγεν, ἀλλὰ τῷ Μετέλλῳ ἀπάτην περιτιθεὶς ἄφυκτον.

[¶22] 29.3. For he himself regarded lying as part of a man’s excellence and ability, made no account of his agreements with the senators, and did not intend to keep them; whereas he knew that Metellus was a steadfast man, who thought with Pindar that “truth is the foundation of great excellence,” and he therefore wished to bind him beforehand by a statement to the senate that he would not take the oath, and then have his refusal to do so plunge him into a hatred on the part of the people that could never be removed. And this was what came to pass.

> Greek: 29.3. αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἀρετῆς καὶ δεινότητος μερίδα τὸ ψεύσασθαι τιθέμενος λόγον οὐδένα τῶν πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον ὡμολογημένων ἕξειν ἔμελλε, τὸν δὲ Μέτελλον εἰδὼς βέβαιον ἄνδρα καὶ τὴν αλήθειαν ἀρχὴν μεγάλης ἀρετῆς κατὰ Πίνδαρον ἡγούμενον ἐβούλετο τῇ πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον ἀρνήσει προληφθέντα καὶ μὴ δεξάμενον τὸν ὅρκον εἰς ἀνήκεστον ἐμβαλεῖν πρὸς τὸν δῆμου ἔχθραν. ὃ καὶ συνέβη.

[¶23] 29.4. For Metellus declared that he would not take the oath, and the senate broke up for a while; but after a few days Saturninus summoned the senators to the rostra and tried to force them to take the oath. When Marius came forward there was silence, and the eyes of all were fastened upon him. Then, bidding a long farewell to all his boastful and insincere expressions in the senate, he said his throat was not broad enough to pronounce an opinion once for all upon so important a matter, but that he would take the oath, and obey the law, if it was a law; adding this bit of sophistry as a cloak for his shame.

> Greek: 29.4. τοῦ γὰρ Μετέλλου φήσαντος μὴ ὀμόσειν, τότε μὲν ἡ βουλῇ διελύθη, μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας ὀλίγας τοῦ Σατορνίνου πρὸς τὸ βῆμα τοὺς συγκλητικοὺς ἀνακαλουμένου καὶ τὸν ὅρκον ὀμνύειν ἀναγκάζοντος ὁ Μάριος παρελθών, γενομένης σιωπῆς καὶ πάντων εἰς ἐκεῖνου ἀνηρτημένων, μακρὰ χαίρειν φράσας τοῖς ἐν τῇ βουλῇ νεανιευθεῖσιν ἀπὸ φωνῆς, οὐχ οὕτω πλατὺν ἔφη φορεῖν τὸν τράχηλον ὡς προαποφαίνεσθαι καθἀπαξ εἰς πρᾶγμα τηλικοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ὀμεῖσθαι καὶ τῷ νόμῳ πειθαρχήσειν, εἴπερ ἔστι νόμος· καὶ γάρ τοῦτο προσέθηκε τὸ σοφὸν ὥσπερ παρακάλυμμα τῆς αἰσχύνης.

[¶24] 29.5. The people, then, delighted at his taking the oath, clapped their hands in applause, but the nobles were terribly dejected and hated Marius for his change of front. Accordingly, all the senators took the oath in order, through fear of the people, until the turn of Metellus came; but Metellus, although his friends earnestly entreated him to take the oath and not subject himself to the irreparable punishments which Saturninus proposed for those who should refuse, would not swerve from his purpose or take the oath, but, adhering to his principles and prepared to suffer any evil rather than do a shameful deed, he left the forum, saying to those about him that to do a wrong thing was mean, and to do the right thing when there was no danger was any man’s way, but that to act honourably when it involved dangers was peculiarly the part of a good and true man.

> Greek: 29.5. ὁ μὲν οὖν δῆμος ἡσθεὶς ὀμόσαντος ἀνεκρότησε καὶ κατευφήμησε, τοὺς δὲ ἀρίστους κατήφεια δεινὴ καὶ μῖσος ἔσχε τοῦ Μαρίου τῆς μεταβολῆς, ὤμνυσαν οὖν ἅπαντες ἐφεξῆς δεδιότες τὸν δῆμον ἄχρι Μετέλλου· Μέτελλος δέ, καίπερ ἀντιβολούντων καὶ δεομένων τῶν φίλων ὀμόσαι καὶ μὴ περιβαλεῖν ἑαυτὸν ἐπιτιμίοις ἀνηκέστοις, ἃ κατὰ τῶν μὴ ὀμνυόντων ὁ Σατορνῖνος εἰσέφερεν, οὐχ ὐφήκατο τοῦ φρονήματος οὐδὲ ὤμοσεν, ἀλλʼ ἐμμένων τῷ ἤθει καὶ πᾶν παθεῖν δεινὸν ἐπὶ τῷ μηθὲν αἰσχρὸν ἐργάσασθαι παρεσκευασμένος ἀπῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, διαλεγόμενος τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ὡς τὸ κακόν τι πρᾶξαι φαῦλον εἴη, τὸ δὲ καλὸν μέν, ἀκινδύνως δέ, κοινόν, ἴδιον δὲ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ τὸ μετὰ κινδύνων τὰ καλὰ πράσσειν.

[¶25] 29.7. Upon this, Saturninus got a vote passed that the consuls should proclaim Metellus interdicted from fire, water, and shelter; and the meanest part of the populace supported them and was ready to put the man to death. The best citizens, however, sympathised with Metellus and crowded hastily about him, but he would not allow a faction to be raised on his account, and departed from the city, following the dictates of prudence.

> Greek: 29.7. ἐκ τούτου ψηφίζεται Σατορνῖνος ἐπικηρύξαι τοὺς ὑπάτους ὅπως πυρὸς καὶ ὕδατος καὶ στέγης εἴργηται Μέτελλος· καὶ τὸ φαυλότατον αὐτοῖς τοῦ πλήθους παρῆν ἕτοιμον ἀποκτιννύναι τὸν ἄνδρα, τῶν δὲ βελτίστων περιπαθούντων καὶ συντρεχόντων πρὸς τὸν Μέτελλον οὐκ εἴα στασιάζειν διʼ αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἔμφρονι λογισμῷ χρησάμενος.

[¶26] 29.8. “For,” said he, “either matters will mend and the people will change their minds and I shall return at their invitation, or, if matters remain as they are, it is best that I should be away.” But what great goodwill and esteem Metellus enjoyed during his exile, and how he spent his time in philosophical studies at Rhodes, will be better told in his Life.

> Greek: 29.8. ἢ γὰρ ἀμεινόνων, ἔφη, τῶν πραγμάτων γενομένων καὶ τοῦ δήμου μετανοήσαντος ἀφίξομαι παρακαλούμενος· ἢ μενόντων ὁμοίων ἀπηλλάχθαι κράτιστον. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὅσης μὲν ἀπέλαυσεν εὐνοίας παρὰ τὴν φυγὴν καὶ τιμῆς Μέτελλος, ὃν δὲ τρόπον ἐν Ῥόδῳ φιλοσοφῶν διῃτήθη, βέλτιον ἐν τοῖς περὶ ἐκείνου γραφομένοις εἰρήσεται.

[¶27] 30.1. And now Marius, who was forced, in return for this assistance, to look on quietly while Saturninus ran to extremes of daring and power, brought about unawares a mischief that was not to be cured, but made its way by arms and slaughter directly towards tyranny and subversion of the government. And since he stood in awe of the nobles, while he courted the favour of time multitude, he was led to commit an act of the utmost meanness and duplicity.

> Greek: 30.1. Μάριος δὲ τὸν Σατορνῖνον ἀντὶ τῆς ὑπουργίας ταύτης ἐπὶ πᾶν προϊόντα τόλμης καὶ δυνάμεως περιορᾶν ἀναγκαζόμενος, ἔλαθεν οὐκ ἀνεκτὸν ἀπεργασάμενος κακόν, ἀλλʼ ἄντικρυς ὅπλοις καὶ σφαγαῖς ἐπὶ τυραννίδα καὶ πολιτείας ἀνατροπὴν πορευόμενον. αἰδούμενος δὲ τοὺς κρατίστους, θεραπεύων δὲ τοὺς πολλούς, ἔργον ἀνελεύθερον ἐσχάτως ὑπέμεινε καὶ παλίμβολον.

[¶28] 30.2. For when the leading men had come to him by night and were trying to incite him against Saturninus, without their knowledge he introduced Saturninus into the house by another door; then, pretending to both parties that he had a diarrhoea, he would run backwards and forwards in the house, now to the nobles and now to Saturninus, trying to irritate and bring them into collision.

> Greek: 30.2. ἐλθόντων γάρ ὡς αὐτὸν ὑπὸ νύκτα τῶν πρώτων ἀνδρῶν καὶ παρακαλούντων ἐπὶ τὸν Σατορνῖνον, ἑτέραις θύραις ἐκεῖνον ὑπεδέξατο τούτων ἀγνοούντων. εἶτα πρόφασιν λέγων πρὸς ἀμφοτέρους κοιλίας διάρροιαν, νῦν μὲν ὡς τούτους, νῦν δὲ ὡς ἐκεῖνον ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας ἀνά μέρος διατρέχων συνέκρουε καὶ παρώξυνεν.

[¶29] 30.3. However, when the senate and the knights began to combine and give utterance to their indignation, he led his soldiers into the forum, forced the insurgents to take refuge on the Capitol, and compelled them to surrender for lack of water. For he cut off the water-conduits; whereupon they gave up the struggle, called Marius, and surrendered themselves on what was called the public faith.

> Greek: 30.3. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς βουλῆς καὶ τῶν ἱππέων συνισταμένων καὶ ἀγανακτούντων ἐξήνεγκεν εἰς ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ καταδιωχθέντας αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ Καπετώλιον εἷλε δίψει· τοὺς γὰρ ὀχετοὺς ἀπέκοψεν, οἱ δ’ ἀπειπόντες ἐκεῖνον ἐκάλουν καὶ παρέδωκαν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς διὰ τῆς λεγομένης δημοσίας πίστεως.

[¶30] 30.4. Marius did all he could to save the men, but it was of no avail, and when they came down into the forum they were put to death. This affair made Marius obnoxious alike to the nobles and to the people, and when the time for electing censors came he did not present himself as a candidate, although everyone expected that he would, but allowed other and inferior men to be elected, for fear that he would be defeated. However, he tried to put a good face upon his conduct by saying that he was unwilling to incur the hatred of many citizens by a severe examination into their lives and manners.

> Greek: 30.4. ἐπεὶ δὲ παντοῖος γενόμενος ὑπὲρ τοῦ σῶσαι τοὺς ἄνδρας οὐδὲν ὤνησεν, ἀλλὰ κατιόντες εἰς ἀγορὰν ἀνῃρέθησαν, ἐκ τούτου τοῖς τε δυνατοῖς ἅμα καὶ τῷ δήμῳ προσκεκρουκώς, τιμητείας παραπεσούσης ἐπίδοξος ὢν οὐ μετῆλθεν, ἀλλʼ εἴασεν ἑτέρους ὑποδεεστέρους αἱρεθῆναι, δεδιὼς ἀποτυχεῖν. ἄλλως δὲ αὐτὸς ἐκαλλωπίζετο πολλοῖς μὴ θέλειν ἀπεχθάνεσθαι τοὺς βίους αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ ἤθη πικρῶς ἐξετάζων.

[¶31] 31.1. When a decree was introduced recalling Metellus from exile, Marius opposed it strongly both by word and deed, but finding his efforts vain, at last desisted; and after the people had adopted the measure with alacrity, unable to endure the sight of Metellus returning, he set sail for Cappadocia and Galatia, ostensibly to make the sacrifices which he had vowed to the Mother of the Gods, but really having another reason for his journey which the people did not suspect.

> Greek: 31.1. δόγματος δὲ εἰσφερομένου Μέτελλον ἀπὸ τῆς φυγῆς ἀνακαλεῖσθαι, πολλὰ καὶ διὰ λόγων καὶ διʼ ἔργων μάτην ἐναντιωθεὶς τέλος ἀπεῖπε· καὶ δεξαμένου τὴν γνώμην τοῦ δήμου προθύμως, οὐχ ὑπομένων κατερχόμενον ἐπιδεῖν τὸν Μέτελλον ἐξέπλευσεν εἰς Καππαδοκίαν καὶ Γαλατίαν, λόγῳ μὲν ἀποδώσων ἃς εὔξατο τῇ Μητρὶ τῶν θεῶν θυσίας, ἑτέραν δὲ τῆς ἀποδημίας ἔχων ὑπόθεσιν λανθάνουσαν τοὺς πολλούς.

[¶32] 31.2. He had, that is, no natural aptitude for peace or civil life, but had reached his eminence by arms. And now, thinking that his influence and reputation were gradually fading away because of his inactivity and quietude, he sought occasions for new enterprises. For he hoped that if he stirred up the kings of Asia and incited Mithridates to action, who was expected to make war upon Rome, he would at once be chosen to lead the Roman armies against him, and would fill the city with new triumphs, and his own house with Pontic spoils and royal wealth.

> Greek: 31.2. ἀφυὴς γὰρ ὢν πρὸς εἰρήνην καὶ ἀπολίτευτος, ηὐξημένος δὲ τοῖς πολέμοις, εἶτα κατὰ μικρὸν αὖθις ὐπὸ ἀργίας καὶ ἡσυχίας ἀπὸ ἀπομαραίνεσθαι τὴν δύναμιν αὐτόν καὶ τὴν δόξαν οἰόμενος, ἐζήτει καινῶν πραγμάτων ἀρχάς, ἤλπιζε γὰρ τοὺς βασιλεῖς συνταράξας καὶ Μιθριδάτην ἐπίδοξον ὄντα πολεμήσειν ἀναστήσας καὶ παροξύνας, εὐθὺς ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἡγεμὼν αἱρεθήσεσθαι καὶ νέων μὲν τὴν πόλιν θριάμβων, σκύλων δὲ Ποντικῶν καὶ πλούτου βασιλικοῦ τὸν οἶκον ἐμπλήσειν.

[¶33] 31.3. For this reason, though Mithridates treated him with all deference and respect, he would not bend or yield, but said: “O King, either strive to be stronger than Rome, or do her bidding without a word.” This speech startled the king, who had often heard the Roman speech, but then for the first time in all its boldness.

> Greek: 31.3. διὸ καὶ Μιθριδάτου πάσῃ χρησαμένου θεραπείᾳ καὶ τιμῇ πρὸς αὐτόν οὐ καμφθεὶς οὐδὲ ὑπείξας, ἀλλʼ εἰπών, ἢ μεῖζον, ὦ βασιλεῦ, πειρῶ δύνασθαι Ῥωμαίων, ἢ ποίει σιωπῇ τὸ προστασσόμενον, ἐξέπληξεν αὐτόν, ὡς φωνῆς μὲν πολλάκις, παρρησίας δὲ τότε πρῶτον ἀκούσαντα Ῥωμαϊκῆς.

[¶34] 32.1. On returning to Rome, he built a house for himself near the forum, either, as he himself said, because he was unwilling that those who paid their respects to him should have the trouble of coming a long distance, or because he thought that distance was the reason why he did not have larger crowds at his door than others. The reason, however, was not of this nature; it was rather his inferiority to others in the graces of intercourse and in political helpfulness, which caused him to be neglected, like an instrument of war in time of peace.

> Greek: 32.1. ἐπανελθὼν δὲ εἰς Ῥώμην οἰκίαν ἐδείματο τῆς ἀγορᾶς πλησίον, εἴτε, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔλεγε, τοὺς θεραπεύοντας αὐτὸν ἐνοχλεῖσθαι μὴ βουλόμενος μακρὰν βαδίζοντας, εἴτε τοῦτο αἴτιον οἰόμενος εἶναι τοῦ μὴ πλείονας ἄλλων ἐπὶ θύρας αὐτοῦ φοιτᾶν. τὸ δ’ οὐκ ἦν ἄρα τοιοῦτον ἀλλʼ ὁμιλίας χάριτι καὶ πολιτικαῖς χρείαις ἑτέρων λειπόμενος ὥσπερ ὄργανον πολεμικὸν ἐπʼ εἰρήνης παρημεχεῖτο.

[¶35] 32.2. Of all those who eclipsed him in popular esteem he was most vexed and annoyed by Sulla, whose rise to power was due to the jealousy which the nobles felt towards Marius, and who was making his quarrels with Marius the basis of his political activity. And when Bocchus the Numidian, who had been designated an ally of the Romans, set up trophy-bearing Victories on the Capitol, and by their side gilded figures representing Jugurtha surrendered by him to Sulla, Marius was transported with rage and fury to see Sulla thus appropriating to himself the glory of his achievements, and was making preparations to tear down the votive offerings.

> Greek: 32.2. καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἧττον ἤχθετο παρευδοκιμούμενος, σφόδρα δὲ αὐτὸν ἠνία Σύλλας ἐκ τοῦ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον αὐξανόμενος φθόνου τῶν δυνατῶν καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἐκεῖνον διαφορὰς ἀρχὴν πολιτείας ποιούμενος, ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ Βόκχος ὁ Νομὰς σύμμαχος Ῥωμαίων ἀναγεγραμμένος ἔστησεν ἐν Καπετωλίῳ Νίκας τροπαιοφόρους καὶ παρʼ αὐταῖς ἐν εἰκόσι χρυσαῖς Ἰουγούρθαν ἐγχειριζόμενον ὐπὸ αὐτοῦ Σύλλᾳ, τοῦτο ἐξέστησεν ὀργῇ καὶ φιλονεικίᾳ Μάριον, ὡς Σύλλα περισπῶντος εἰς ἑαυτὸν τὰ ἔργα, καὶ παρεσκευάζετο βίᾳ τὰ ἀναθήματα καταβάλλειν.

[¶36] 32.3. But Sulla too was furious, and civil dissension was just on the point of breaking out, when it was stopped by the Social War, which suddenly burst upon the city. That is, the most warlike and most numerous of the Italian peoples combined against Rome, and came within a little of destroying her supremacy, since they were not only strong in arms and men, but also had generals whose daring and ability were amazing and made them a match for the Romans.

> Greek: 32.3. ἀντεφιλονίκει δὲ Σύλλας, καὶ τὴν στάσιν ὅσον οὔπω φερομένην εἰς μέσον ἐπέσχεν ὁ συμμαχικὸς πόλεμος ἐξαίφνης ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ἀναρραγείς. τὰ γὰρ μαχιμώτατα τῶν Ἰταλικῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ πολυανθρωπότατα κατὰ τῆς Ῥώμης συνέστησαν καὶ μικρὸν ἐδέησαν συγχέαι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, οὐ μόνον ὅπλοις ἐρρωμένα καὶ σώμασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τόλμαις στρατηγῶν καὶ δεινότησι χρησάμενα θαυμασταῖς καὶ ἀντιπάλοις.

[¶37] 33.1. This war, which was varied in its events and most changeful in its fortunes, added much to Sulla’s reputation and power, but took away as much from Marius. For he was slow in making his attacks, and always given to hesitation and delay, whether it was that old age had quenched his wonted energy and fire (for he was now past his sixty-sixth year), or that, as he himself said, a feeling of shame led him to go beyond his powers in trying to endure the hardships of the campaign when his nerves were diseased and his body unfit for work.

> Greek: 33.1. οὗτος ὁ πόλεμος τοῖς πάθεσι ποικίλος γενόμενος καὶ ταῖς τύχαις πολυτροπώτατος ὅσον Σύλλᾳ προσέθηκε δόξης καὶ δυνάμεως, τοσοῦτον ἀφεῖλε Μαρίου, βραδὺς γάρ ἐφάνη ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς, ὄκνου τε περὶ πάντα καὶ μελλήσεως ὑπερέβαλλεν̓,, εἴτε τοῦ γήρως τὸ δραστήριον ἐκεῖνο καὶ θερμὸν ἐν αὐτῷ κατασβεννύντος ἑξηκοστὸν γάρ ἤδη καὶ πέμπτον ἔτος ὑπερέβαλλεν, εἴτε, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔλεγε, περὶ νεῦρα γεγονὼς νοσώδης καὶ σώματι δύσεργος ὢν ὑπέμενε παρὰ δύναμιν αἰσχύνῃ τὰς στρατείας.

[¶38] 33.2. However, even then he won a great victory in which he slew six thousand of the enemy; and he never allowed them to get a grip upon him, but even when he was hemmed about with-trenches bided his time, and was not unduly irritated by their insults and challenges. We are told that Publius Silo, who had the greatest authority and power among the enemy, once said to him, “If thou art a great general, Marius, come down and fight it out with us”; to which Marius answered, “Nay, but do thou, if thou art a great general, force me to fight it out with you against my will.”

> Greek: 33.2. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τότε μάχῃ τε μεγάλῃ νικήσας ἑξακισχιλίους ἀνεῖλε τῶν πολεμίων, καὶ λαβὴν οὐδαμῇ παρέσχεν αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ περιταφρευόμενος ἠνέσχετο καὶ χλευαζόμενος καὶ καλούμενος οὐ παρωξύνθη. λέγεται δὲ Ποπλίου Σίλωνος, ὃς μέγιστον εἶχε τῶν πολεμίων ἀξίωμα καὶ δύναμιν, εἰπόντος πρὸς αὐτόν, εἰ μέγας εἶ στρατηγός, ὦ Μάριε, διαγώνισαι καταβάς, ἀποκρίνασθαι, Σὐ μὲν οὖν, εἰ μέγας εἶ στρατηγός, ἀνάγκασόν με διαγωνίσασθαι μὴ βουλόμενον.

[¶39] 33.3. And at another time, when the enemy had given him an opportunity to attack them, but the Romans had played the coward, and both sides had withdrawn, he called an assembly of his soldiers and said to them: “I do not know whether to call the enemy or you the greater cowards; for they were not able to see your backs, nor you their napes.” At last, however, he gave up his command, on the ground that his infirmities made him quite incapable of exercising it.

> Greek: 33.3. πάλιν δέ ποτε τῶν μὲν πολεμίων καιρὸν ἐπιχειρήσεως παραδιδόντων, τῶν δὲ Ῥωμαίων ἀποδειλιασάντων, ὡς ἀνεχώρησαν ἀμφότεροι, συναγαγὼν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν τοὺς στρατιώτας, ἀπορῶ, φησί, πότερον εἴπω τοὺς πολεμίους ἀνανδροτέρους ἢ ὑμᾶς· οὔτε γάρ ἐκεῖνοι τὸν νῶτον ὑμῶν οὔτε ὑμεῖς ἐκείνων τὸ ἰνίον ἰδεῖν ἐδυνήθητε. τέλος δὲ ἀφῆκε τὴν στρατηγίαν ὡς ἐξαδυνατῶν τῷ σώματι διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν.

[¶40] 34.1. But when the Italians had at last made their submission, and many persons at Rome were suing for the command in the Mithridatic war, with the aid of the popular leaders, contrary to all expectation the tribune Sulpicius, a most audacious man; brought Marius forward and proposed to make him pro-consul in command against Mithridates. The people were divided in opinion, some preferring Marius, and others calling for Sulla and bidding Marius go to the warm baths at Baiae and look out for his health, since he was worn out with old age and rheums, as he himself said.

> Greek: 34.1. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἤδη τῶν Ἰταλῶν ἐγκεκλικότων ἐμνηστεύοντο πολλοὶ τὸν Μιθριδατικὸν πόλεμον ἐν Ῥώμῃ διὰ τῶν δημαγωγῶν, παρὰ πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα Σουλπίκιος δήμαρχος, ἀνήρ θρασύτατος, παραγαγὼν Μάριον ἀπεδείκνυεν ἀνθύπατον στρατηγὸν ἐπὶ Μιθριδάτην. καὶ ὁ δῆμος διέστη, τῶν μὲν αἱρουμένων τὰ Μαρίου, τῶν δὲ Σύλλαν καλούντων καὶ τὸν Μάριον ἐπὶ θερμὰ κελευόντων εἰς Βαΐας βαδίζειν καὶ τὸ σῶμα θεραπεύειν ὑπό τε γήρως καὶ ῥευμάτων ἀπειρηκός, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔλεγε.

[¶41] 34.2. For at Baiae, near Cape Misenum, Marius owned an expensive house, which had appointments more luxurious and effeminate than became a man who had taken active part in so many wars and campaigns. This house, we are told, Cornelia bought for seventy-five thousand drachmas; and not long afterwards Lucius Lucullus purchased it for two million five hundred thousand. So quickly did lavish expenditure spring up, and so great an increase in luxury did life in the city take on.

> Greek: 34.2. καὶ γάρ ἦν ἐκεῖ περὶ Μισηνοὺς τῷ Μαρίῳ πολυτελὴς οἰκία, τρυφὰς ἔχουσα καὶ διαίτας θηλυτέρας ἢ κατʼ ἄνδρα πολέμων τοσούτων καὶ στρατειῶν αὐτουργόν. ταύτην λέγεται μυριάδων ἑπτὰ ἡμίσους Κορνηλία πρίασθαι χρόνου δ’ οὐ πάνυ πολλοῦ γενομένου Λεύκιος Λεύκολλος ὠνεῖται μυριάδων πεντήκοντα καὶ διακοσίων οὕτως ταχέως ἀνέδραμεν ἡ πολυτέλεια καὶ τοσαύτην ἐπίδοσιν τὰ πράγματα πρὸς τρυφὴν ἔλαβεν.

[¶42] 34.3. Marius, however, showing a spirit of keen emulation that might have characterized a youth, shook off old age and infirmity and went down daily into the. Campus Martius, where he exercised himself with the young men and showed that he was still agile in arms and capable of feats of horsemanship, although his bulk was not well set up in his old age, but ran to corpulence and weight.

> Greek: 34.3. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ Μάριος φιλοτίμως πάνυ καὶ μειρακιωδῶς ἀποτριβόμενος τὸ γῆρας καὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν ὁσημέραι κατέβαινεν εἰς τὸ πεδίον, καὶ μετὰ τῶν νεανίσκων γυμναζόμενος ἐπεδείκνυε τὸ σῶμα κοῦφον μὲν ὅπλοις, ἔποχον δὲ ταῖς ἱππασίαις, καίπερ οὐκ εὐσταλὴς γεγονώς ἐν γήρᾳ τὸν ὄγκον, ἀλλʼ εἰς σάρκα περιπληθῆ καὶ βαρεῖαν ἐνδεδωκώς.

[¶43] 34.4. Some, then, were pleased to have him thus engaged, and would go down into the Campus and witness his emulation in competitive contests; but the better part were moved to pity at the sight of his greed and ambition, because, though he had risen from poverty to the greatest wealth and from obscurity to the highest place, he knew not how to set bounds to his good fortune, and was not content to be admired and enjoy quietly what he had, but as if in need of all things, and after winning triumphs and fame, was setting out, with all his years upon him, for Cappadocia and the Euxine sea, to fight it out with Archelaüs and Neoptolemus, the satraps of Mithridates.

> Greek: 34.4. ἐνίοις μὲν οὖν ἤρεσκε ταῦτα πράττων, καὶ κατιόντες ἐθεῶντο τὴν φιλοτιμίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς ἁμίλλας, τοῖς δὲ βελτίστοις ὁρῶσιν οἰκτείρειν ἐπῄει τὴν πλεονεξίαν καὶ τὴν φιλοδοξίαν, ὅτι πλουσιώτατος ἐκ πένητος καὶ μέγιστος ἐκ μικροῦ γεγονώς ὅρον οὐκ οἶδεν εὐτυχίας, οὐδὲ θαυμαζόμενος ἀγαπᾷ καὶ ἀπολαύων ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ τῶν παρόντων, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐνδεὴς ἁπάντων εἰς Καππαδοκίαν καὶ τὸν Εὔξεινον Πόντον ἄρας ἐκ θριάμβων καὶ δόξης ἐκφέρει τοσοῦτον γῆρας, Ἀρχελάῳ καὶ Νεοπτολέμῳ τοῖς Μιθριδάτου σατράπαις διαμαχούμενος.

[¶44] 34.5. And the justification for this which Marius offered was thought to be altogether silly; he said, namely, that he wished to take part personally in the campaign in order to give his son a military training.

> Greek: 34.5. αἱ δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα τοῦ Μαρίου δικαιολογίαι παντάπασιν ἐφαίνοντο ληρώδεις· ἔφη γάρ ἐθέλειν τὸν υἱὸν ἀσκῆσαι παρὼν αὐτὸς ἐπὶ στρατείας.

[¶45] 35.1. These things brought to a head the secret disease from which the state had long been suffering, and Marius found a most suitable instrument for the destruction of the commonwealth in the audacity of Sulpicius, who was in all things an admirer and an imitator of Saturninus, except that he charged him with timidity and hesitation in his political measures.

> Greek: 35.1. ταῦτα τὴν πόλιν ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων ὕπουλον γεγενημένην καὶ νοσοῦσαν ἀνέρρηξεν, εὐφυέστατον εὑρόντος ὄργανον Μαρίου πρὸς τὸν κοινὸν ὄλεθρον τὸ Σουλπικίου θράσος, ὃς διὰ τἆλλα πάντα θαυμάζων καὶ ζηλῶν τὸν Σατορνῖνον ἀτολμίαν ἐπεκάλει τοῖς πολιτεύμασιν αὑτὸν καὶ μέλλησιν.

[¶46] 35.2. Sulpicius himself was not a man of hesitation, but kept six hundred of the Knights about him as a body-guard, which he called his anti-senate; he also made an attack with armed men upon the consuls as they were holding an assembly, and when one of them fled from the forum, Sulpicius seized his son and butchered him; Sulla, however, the other consul, as he was being pursued past the house of Marius, did what no one would have expected and burst into the house. His pursuers ran past the house and therefore missed him, and it is said that Marius himself sent him off safely by another door so that he came in haste to his camp.

> Greek: 35.2. αὐτὸς δὲ μὴ μέλλων ἑξακοσίους μὲν εἶχε περὶ αὑτὸν τῶν ἱππικῶν οἷον δορυφόρους, καὶ τούτους ἀντισύγκλητον ὠνόμαζεν, ἐπελθὼν δὲ μεθʼ ὅπλων ἐκκλησιάζουσι τοῖς ὑπάτοις τοῦ μὲν ἑτέρου φυγόντος ἐξ ἀγορᾶς τὸν υἱὸν ἐγκαταλαβὼν ἀπέσφαξε, Σύλλας δὲ παρὰ τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ Μαρίου διωκόμενος, οὐδενὸς ἂν προσδοκήσαντος, εἰσέπεσε· καὶ τοὺς μὲν διώκοντας ἔλαθε δρόμῳ παρενεχθέντας, ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δὲ Μαρίου λέγεται κατὰ θύρας ἑτέρας ἀσφαλῶς ἀποπεμφθεὶς διεκπεσεῖν εἴς τὸ στρατόπεδον.

[¶47] 35.3. But Sulla himself, in his Memoirs, says he did not fly for refuge to the house of Marius, but withdrew thither in order to consult with Marius about the step which Sulpicius was trying to force him to take (by surrounding him with drawn swords and driving him to the house of Marius), and that finally he went from there to the forum and rescinded the consular decree for the suspension of public business, as Sulpicius and his party demanded.

> Greek: 35.3. αὐτὸς δὲ Σύλλας ἐν τοῖς ὑπομνήμασιν οὔ φησι καταφυγεῖν πρὸς τὸν Μάριον, ἀλλʼ ἀπαλλαχθῆναι βουλευσόμενος ὑπὲρ ὧν Σουλπίκιος ἠνάγκαζεν αὑτὸν ἄκοντα ψηφίσασθαι, περισχὼν ἐν κύκλῳ ξίφεσι γυμνοῖς καὶ συνελάσας πρὸς τὸν Μάριον, ἄχρι οὗ προελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν εἴς ἀγοράν, ὡς ἠξίουν ἐκεῖνοι, τὰς ἀπραξίας ἔλυσε.

[¶48] 35.4. When this had been done, Sulpicius, who was now master of the situation, got the command conferred upon Marius by vote of the people; and Marius, who was making his preparations for departure, sent out two military tribunes to take over the command of Sulla’s army. Sulla, however, called upon his soldiers (who were no fewer than thirty-five thousand legionaries) to resent this, and led them forth against Rome. His soldiers also fell upon the tribunes whom Marius had sent and slew them.

> Greek: 35.4. γενομένων δὲ τούτων ὅ τε Σουλπίκιος ἤδη κρατῶν ἐπεχειροτόνησε τε Μαρίῳ τὴν στρατηγίαν, ὅ τε Μάριος ἐν παρασκευῇ τῆς ἐξόδου καθειστήκει, καὶ δύο χιλιάρχους ἐξέπεμψε παραληψομένους τὸ Σύλλα στράτευμα. Σύλλας δὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας παροξύνας ἦσαν δὲ τρισμυρίων καὶ πεντακισχιλίων οὐ μείους ὁπλῖται προήγαγεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥώμην. τοὺς δὲ χιλιάρχους, οὓς ἐπέπεμψε Μάριος, προσπεσόντες οἱ στρατιῶται διέφθειραν.

[¶49] 35.5. Marius, too, put to death many of Sulla’s friends in Rome, and proclaimed freedom to the slaves if they would fight on his side. It is said, however, that only three of them joined his ranks, and after a feeble resistance to Sulla’s entry into the city he was speedily driven out and took to flight. As soon as he had made his escape from the city his companions were scattered, and since it was dark, he took refuge at one of his farmsteads, called Solonium.

> Greek: 35.5. πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ Μάριος ἐν Ῥώμῃ τῶν Σύλλα φίλων ἀνῃρήκει, καὶ δούλοις ἐλευθερίαν ἐκήρυττεν ἐπὶ συμμαχίᾳ· λέγονται δὲ τρεῖς μόνοι προσγενέσθαι. μικρὰ δ̓· ἀντιστὰς εἰσελάσαντι τῷ Σύλλᾳ καὶ ταχέως ἐκβιασθεὶς ἔφυγε. τῶν δὲ περὶ αὐτόν, ὡς πρῶτον ἐξέπεσε τῆς πόλεως, διασπαρέντων, σκότους ὄντος εἴς τι τῶν ἐπαυλίων αὑτοῦ Σολώνιον κατέφυγε.

[¶50] 35.6. He also sent his son to get provisions from the estate of his father-in-law, Mucius, which was not far off, while he himself went down to the coast at Ostia, where a friend of his, Numerius, had provided a vessel for him. Then, without waiting for his son, but taking his step-son Granius with him, he set sail. The younger Marius reached the estate of Mucius, but as he was getting supplies and packing them up, day overtook him and he did not altogether escape the vigilance of his enemies; for some horsemen came riding towards the place, moved by suspicion.

> Greek: 35.6. καὶ τὸν μὲν υἱὸν ἔπεμψεν ἐκ τῶν Μουκίου τοῦ πενθεροῦ χωρίων οὐ μακρὰν ὄντων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ληψόμενον, αὐτὸς δὲ καταβὰς εἴς Ὠστίαν, φίλου τινὸς Νουμερίου πλοῖον αὐτῷ παρασκευάσαντος, οὐκ ἀναμείνας τὸν υἱόν, ἀλλὰ Γράνιον ἔχων μεθʼ αὑτοῦ τὸν πρόγονον ἐξέπλευσεν. ὁ δὲ νεανίας, ὡς ἦλθεν εἴς τὰ χωρία τοῦ Μουκίου, λαμβάνων τι καὶ σκευαζόμενος ἡμέρας καταλαβούσης οὐ παντάπασι τοὺς πολεμίους ἔλαθεν, ἀλλʼ ἦλθον ἱππεῖς ἐλαύνοντες καθʼ ὑπόνοιαν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον·

[¶51] 35.7. When the overseer of the farm saw them coming, he hid Marius in a waggon loaded with beans, yoked up his oxen, and met the horsemen as he was driving the waggon to the city. In this way young Marius was conveyed to the house of his wife, where he got what he wanted, and then by night came to the sea, boarded a ship that was bound for Africa, and crossed over.

> Greek: 35.7. οὓς ὁ τῶν ἀγρῶν ἐπιμελητὴς προϊδόμενος ἔκρυψε τὸν Μάριον ἐν ἁμάξῃ κυάμους ἀγούσῃ, καὶ βοῦς ὑποζεύξας ἀπήντα τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εἴς πόλιν ἐλαύνων τὴν ἅμαξαν. οὕτω δὲ πρὸς τὴν οἰκίαν τῆς γυναικὸς ὁ Μάριος διακομισθεὶς καὶ λαβὼν ὅσων ἐδεῖτο νυκτὸς ἐπὶ θάλασσαν ἧκε καὶ νεὼς ἐπιβὰς εἴς Λιβύην πλεούσης ἀπεπέρασεν.

[¶52] 36.1. The elder Marius, after putting to sea was borne by a favouring wind along the coast of Italy; but since he was afraid of one Geminius, who was a powerful man in Terracina and an enemy of his, he told his sailors to keep clear of Terracina. The sailors were willing enough to do as he wished, but the wind veered round and blew towards the shore, bringing in a heavy surge, and it was thought that the vessel would not hold out against the beating of the waves besides, Marius was in a wretched plight from sea-sickness, and therefore they made their way, though with difficulty, to the coast near Circeii.

> Greek: 36.1. ὁ δὲ πρεσβύτης Μάριος ὡς ἀνήχθη, πνεύματι φορῷ κομιζόμενος παρὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐφοβήθη Γεμίνιόν τινα τῶν ἐν Ταρρακίνῃ δυνατῶν ἐχθρὸν αὑτοῦ, καὶ ταῖς ναύταις προεῖπεν εἴργεσθαι Ταρρακίνης. οἱ δὲ ἐβούλοντο μὲν αὐτῷ χαρίζεσθαι, τοῦ δὲ πνεύματος εἰς πελάγιον μεθισταμένου καὶ κλύδωνα κατάγοντος πολὺν οὔτε τὸ πορθμεῖον ἐδόκει περικλυζόμενον ἀνθέξειν, τοῦ τε Μαρίου δυσφοροῦντος καὶ κακῶς ἔχοντος ὑπὸ ναυτίας μόλις ἀντιλαμβάνονται τῶν περὶ τὸ Κίρκαιον αἰγιαλῶν.

[¶53] 36.2. Then, as the storm was increasing and their provisions were failing, they landed from the vessel and wandered about. They had no definite object in view, but, as is usual in cases of great perplexity, sought always to escape the present evil as the most grievous and fixed their hopes on the unknown future. For the land was their enemy, and the sea an enemy as well; they were afraid they might fall in with men, and they were afraid they might not fall in with men because they had no provisions.

> Greek: 36.2. τοῦ δὲ χειμῶνος αὐξανομένου καὶ τῶν σιτίων ἐπιλειπόντων ἐκβάντες ἐπλάζοντο πρὸς οὐδένα σκοπόν, ἀλλʼ οἷα συμβαίνει ταῖς μεγάλαις ἀπορίαις ἀεὶ φεύγειν ἐκ τοῦ παρόντος ὡς χαλεπωτάτου καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχειν ἐν τοῖς ἀδήλοις. ἐπεὶ πολεμία μὲν ἐκείνοις ἡ γῆ, πολεμία δὲ ἡ θάλασσα, φοβερὸν δὲ ἦν ἀνθρώποις περιπεσεῖν, φοβερὸν δὲ μὴ περιπεσεῖν διʼ ἔνδειαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων.

[¶54] 36.3. However, late in the day they came upon a few herdsmen; these had nothing to give them in their need, but they recognized Marius and bade him go away as fast as he could; for a little while before numerous horsemen had been seen riding about there in search of him.

> Greek: 36.3. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὀψέ που βοτῆρσιν ὀλίγοις ἐντυγχάνουσιν, οἳ δοῦναι μὲν οὐδὲν ἔσχον αὐτοῖς δεομένοις, γνωρίσαντες δὲ τὸν Μάριον ἐκέλευον ἀπαλλάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίστην· ὀλίγον γάρ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτόθι κατὰ ζήτησιν αὐτοῦ συχνοὺς ἱππέας ὀφθῆναι διεξελαύνοντας.

[¶55] 36.4. Thus at his wits’ end, and, what was worst of all, his companions fainting with hunger, he turned aside for the while from the road, plunged into a deep forest, and there spent the night in great distress. But the next day, compelled by’ want, and wishing to make use of his strength before it failed him altogether, he wandered along the shore, trying to encourage his companions, and begging them not to give up the struggle before his last hope could be realized, for which he was still reserving himself in reliance on ancient prophecies.

> Greek: 36.4. ἐν παντὶ δὴ γεγονὼς ἀπορίας, μάλιστα δὲ νηστείᾳ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀπαγορευόντων, τότε μὲν ἐκτραπόμενος τῆς ὁδοῦ καὶ καταβαλὼν ἑαυτὸν εἰς ὕλην βαθεῖαν ἐπιπόνως διενυκτέρευσε. τῇ δ’ ὑστεραίᾳ συνηγμένος ὑπʼ ἐνδείας καὶ τῷ σώματι πρὶν ἐκλελύσθαι παντάπασι χρήσασθαι βουλόμενος ἐχώρει παρὰ τὸν αἰγιαλόν, ἐπιθαρσύνων τοὺς ἑπομένους καὶ δεόμενος μὴ προαποκάμνειν τῆς τελευταίας ἐλπίδος, ἐφʼ ἣν ἑαυτὸν φυλάττει μαντεύμασι παλαιοῖς πιστεύων.

[¶56] 36.5. When, that is, he was quite young and living in the country, he had caught in his cloak a falling eagle’s nest, which had seven young ones in it; at sight of this, his parents were amazed, and made enquiries of the seers, who told them that their son would be most illustrious of men, and was destined to receive the highest command and power seven times.

> Greek: 36.5. νέος γὰρ ὢν ἔτι παντελῶς καὶ διατρίβων κατʼ ἀγρὸν ὑποδέξασθαι τῷ ἱματίῳ καταφερομένην ἀετοῦ νεοττιὰν ἑπτὰ νεοττοὺς ἔχουσαν· ἰδόντας δὲ τοὺς γονεῖς καὶ θαυμάσαντας διαπυνθάνεσθαι τῶν μάντεων τοὺς δὲ εἰπεῖν ὡς ἐπιφανέστατος ἀνθρώπων ἔσοιτο καὶ τὴν μεγίστην ἡγεμονίαν καὶ ἀρχὴν ἑπτάκις αὐτὸν λαβεῖν ἀναγκαῖον εἴη.

[¶57] 36.6. Some say that this really happened to Marius; but others say that those who heard the story from him at this time and during the rest of his flight, believed it, and recorded it, though it was wholly fabulous. For, they say, an eagle does not lay more than two eggs at one time, and Musaeus also was wrong when, speaking of the eagle, he says:
Three indeed she layeth, and two hatcheth, but one only doth she feed.
However, that Marius, during his flight and in his extremest difficulties, often said that he should attain to a seventh consulship, is generally admitted.

> Greek: 36.6. ταῦτα οἱ μὲν ἀληθῶς τῷ Μαρίῳ συντυχεῖν οὕτω λέγουσιν οἱ δὲ τοὺς τότε καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἄλλην φυγὴν ἀκούσαντας αὐτοῦ καὶ πιστεύσαντας ἀναγράψαι πρᾶγμα κομιδῇ μυθῶδες. ἀετὸς γὰρ οὐ τίκτει πλεῖον τῶν δυεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Μουσαῖον ἐψεῦσθαι λέγουσιν εἰπόντα περὶ τοῦ ἀετοῦ, ὡς τρία μὲν τίκτει, δύο δ’ ἐκλέπει, ἓν δ’ ἀλεγίζει. τὸ μέντοι πολλάκις ἐν τῇ φυγῇ καὶ ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἀπορίαις Μάριον εἰπεῖν ὡς ἄχρις ἑβδόμης ὑπατείας πρόεισιν, ὁμολογούμενόν ἐστιν.

## 4. Chapters 37–46

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/4/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/plutarch-marius/4/#p-N

[¶0] 37.1. But presently, when they were about twenty furlongs distant from Minturnae, an Italian city, they saw from afar a troop of horsemen riding towards them, and also, as it chanced, two merchant vessels sailing along. Accordingly, with all the speed and strength they had, they ran down to the sea, threw themselves into the water, and began to swim to the ships. Granius and his party reached one of the ships and crossed over to the opposite island, Aenaria by name;

> Greek: 37.1. ἤδη δὲ Μιντούρνης, πόλεως Ἰταλικῆς, ὅσον εἴκοσι σταδίων ἀπέχοντες ὁρῶσιν ἱππέων ἴλην πρόσωθεν ἐλαύνοντας ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς καὶ κατὰ τύχην ὁλκάδας δύο φερομένας. ὡς οὖν ἕκαστος ποδῶν εἶχε καὶ ῥώμης καταδραμόντες ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ καταβαλόντες ἑαυτοὺς προσενήχοντο ταῖς ναυσί. καὶ λαβόμενοι τῆς ἑτέρας οἱ περὶ τὸν Γράνιον ἀπεπέρασαν εἰς τὴν ἄντικρυς νῆσον Αἰναρία καλεῖται·

[¶1] 37.2. Marius himself; who was heavy and unwieldy, two slaves with toil and difficulty held above water and put into the other ship, the horsemen being now at hand and calling out from the shore to the sailors either to bring the vessel to shore or to throw Marius overboard and sail whither they pleased. But since Marius supplicated them with tears in his eyes, the masters of the vessel, after changing their minds often in a short time, nevertheless replied to the horsemen that they would not surrender Marius.

> Greek: 37.2. αὐτὸν δὲ Μάριον βαρὺν ὄντα τῷ σώματι καὶ δυσμεταχείριστον οἰκέται δύο μόλις καὶ χαλεπῶς ὑπέρ τῆς θαλάττης ἐξάραντες εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν ἔθεντο ναῦν, ἤδη τῶν ἱππέων ἐφεστώτων καὶ διακελευομένων ἀπὸ γῆς τοῖς ναύταις κατάγειν τὸ πλοῖον ἢ τὸν Μάριον ἐκβαλόντας αὐτοὺς ἀποπλεῖν ὅπῃ χρῄζοιεν. ἱκετεύοντος δὲ τοῦ Μαρίου καὶ δακρύοντος, οἱ κύριοι τῆς ὁλκάδος ὡς ἐν ὀλίγῳ πολλὰς ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τῆς γνώμης τροπὰς λαβόντες ὅμως ἀπεκρίναντο τοῖς ἱππεῦσι μὴ προέσθαι τὸν Μάριον.

[¶2] 37.3. The horsemen rode away in a rage, and the sailors, changing their plan again, put in towards the shore; and after casting anchor at the mouth of the bins, where the river expands into a lake, they advised Marius to leave the vessel, take some food ashore with him, and recruit his strength after his hardships until a good wind for sailing should arise; this usually arose, they said, when the wind from the sea died away and a tolerably strong breeze blew from the marshes. Manius was persuaded to follow their advice; so the sailors carried him ashore, and he lay down in some grass, without the slightest thought of what was to come.

> Greek: 37.3. ἐκείνων δὲ πρὸς ὀργὴν ἀπελασάντων αὖθις ἑτέρων γενόμενοι λογισμῶν κατεφέροντο πρὸς τὴν γῆν· καὶ περὶ τὰς ἐκβολὰς τοῦ Λίριος ποταμοῦ διάχυσιν λιμνώδη λαμβάνοντος ἀγκύρας βαλόμενοι παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν ἐκβῆναι καὶ τροφὴν ἐπὶ γῆς λαβεῖν καὶ τὸ σῶμα θεραπεῦσαι κεκακωμένον, ἄχρι οὗ φορὰ γένηται· γίγνεσθαι δὲ τὴν εἰωθυῖαν ὥραν τοῦ πελαγίου μαραινομένου καὶ τῶν ἑλῶν αὔραν ἀναδιδόντων ἐπιεικῶς διαρκῆ.

[¶3] 37.4. Then the sailors at once boarded their vessel, hoisted anchor, and took to flight, feeling that it was neither honourable for them to surrender Marius nor safe to rescue him. Thus, forsaken of all men, he lay a long time speechless on the shore, but recovered himself at last and tried to walk along, the lack of any path making his progress laborious.

> Greek: 37.4. ταῦτα πεισθεὶς ὁ Μάριος ἔπραττε· καὶ τῶν ναυτῶν ἐξελομένων αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν κατακλινεὶς ἔν τινι πόᾳ πορρωτάτω τοῦ μέλλοντος εἶχε τὴν διάνοιαν. οἱ δὲ εὐθὺς ἐπιβάντες ἐπὶ τὴν ναῦν καὶ τὰς ἀγκύρας ἀναλαβόντες ἔφευγον, ὡς οὔτε καλὸν ἐκδοῦναι τὸν Μάριον αὐτοῖς οὔτε σῴζειν ἀσφαλές, οὕτω δὴ πάντων ἔρημος ἀπολειφθείς πολὺν μὲν χρόνον ἄναυδος ἐπὶ τῆς ἀκτῆς ἔκειτο, μόλις δέ πως ἀναλαβὼν ἑαυτὸν ἐπορεύετο ταλαιπώρως ἀνοδίαις·

[¶4] 37.5. He made his way through deep marshes and ditches full of mud and water, until he came to the hut of an old man who got his living from the water. At his feet Marius fell down and besought him to save and help a man who, in case he escaped his present perils, would recompense him beyond all his hopes. Then the man, who either knew Marius from of old or saw that in his face which won the regard due to superior rank, told him that if he merely wanted to rest, the cabin would suffice, but that if he was wandering about trying to escape pursuers, he could be hidden in a place that was more quiet.

> Greek: 37.5. καὶ διεξελθὼν ἕλη βαθέα καὶ τάφρους ὕδατος καὶ πηλοῦ γεμούσας ἐπιτυγχάνει καλύβῃ λιμνουργοῦ γέροντος, ὃν περιπεσὼν ἱκέτευε γενέσθαι σωτῆρα καὶ βοηθὸν ἀνδρός, εἰ διαφύγοι τὰ παρόντα, μείζονας ἐλπίδων ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδώσοντος. ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος, εἴτε πάλαι γινώσκων εἴτε πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν ὡς κρείττονα θαυμάσας, ἀναπαύσασθαι μὲν ἔφη δεομένῳ τὸ σκηνύδριον ἐξαρκεῖν, εἰ δέ τινας ὑποφεύγων πλάζοιτο κρύψειν αὐτὸν ἐν τόπῳ μᾶλλον ἡσυχίαν ἔχοντι.

[¶5] 37.6. Marius begged that this might be done, and the man took him to the marsh, bade him crouch down in a hollow place by the side of the river, and threw over him a mass of reeds and other material which was light enough to cover without injuring him.

> Greek: 37.6. τοῦ δὲ Μαρίου δεηθέντος τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἀγαγὼν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ἕλος καὶ πτῆξαι κελεύσας ἐν χωρίῳ κοίλῳ παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ἐπέβαλε τῶν τε καλάμων πολλοὺς καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἐπιφέρων ὕλης ὅση κούφη καὶ περιπέσσειν ἀβλαβῶς δυναμένη.

[¶6] 38.1. Not much time had elapsed, however, when a din and tumult at the hut fell upon the ears of Marius. For Geminius had sent a number of men from Terracina in pursuit of him, some of whom had chanced to come to the old man’s hut, and were frightening and berating him for having received and hidden an enemy of Rome.

> Greek: 38.1. χρόνου δὲ οὐ πολλοῦ διαγενομένου ψόφος αὐτῷ καὶ θόρυβος ἀπὸ τῆς καλύβης προσέπεσεν. ὁ γὰρ Γεμίνιος· ἐκ Ταρρακίνης ἔπεμψε πολλοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν δίωξιν, ὧν ἔνιοι κατὰ τύχην ἐκεῖ προσελθόντες ἐξεφόβουν καὶ κατεβόων τοῦ γέροντος ὡς ὑποδεδεγμένου καὶ κατακρυβόντος πολέμιον Ῥωμαίων.

[¶7] 38.2. Marius therefore rose from his hiding-place, stripped off his clothes, and threw himself into the thick and muddy water of the marsh. Here he could not elude the men who were in search of him, but they dragged him out all covered with slime, led him naked to Minturnae, and handed him over to the magistrates there. Now, word had already been sent to every city that Marius was to be pursued by the authorities and killed by his captors.

> Greek: 38.2. ἐξαναστὰς οὖν ὁ Μάριος καὶ ἀποδυσάμενος καθῆκεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν λίμνην ὕδωρ παχὺ καὶ τελματῶδες ἔχουσαν. ὅθεν οὐ διέλαθε τοὺς ζητοῦντας, ἀλλʼ ἀνασπασθεὶς βορβόρου κατάπλεως γυμνὸς εἰς Μιντούρνας ἀνήχθη καὶ παρεδόθη τοῖς ἄρχουσιν. ἦν γάρ εἰς ἅπασαν ἤδη πόλιν ἐξενηνεγμένον παράγγελμα περὶ τοῦ Μαρίου δημοσίᾳ διώκειν καὶ κτείνειν τοὺς λαβόντας.

[¶8] 38.3. But nevertheless, the magistrates decided to deliberate on the matter first; so they put Marius for safe-keeping in the house of a woman named Fannia, who was thought to be hostile to him on account of an ancient grievance. Fannia, that is, had been married to Titinnius; but she had separated herself from him and demanded back her dowry, which was considerable. Her husband, however, had accused her of adultery; and Marius, who was serving in his sixth consulship, had presided over the trial.

> Greek: 38.3. ὅμως δὲ βουλεύσασθαι πρότερον ἐδόκει τοῖς ἄρχουσι καὶ κατατίθενται τὸν Μάριον εἰς οἰκίαν Φαννίας γυναικὸς οὐκ εὐμενῶς δοκούσης ἔχειν πρὸς αὑτὸν ἐξ αἰτίας παλαιᾶς. ἦν γὰρ ἀνήρ τῇ Φαννίᾳ Τιτίννιος· τούτου διαστᾶσα τὴν φερνὴν ἀπῄτει λαμπρὰν οὖσαν. ὁ δὲ μοιχείαν ἐνεκάλει· καὶ γίνεται Μάριος ὑπατεύων τὸ ἕκτον δικαστής.

[¶9] 38.4. When the case was pleaded, and it appeared that Fannia had been a dissolute woman, and that her husband had known this and yet had taken her to wife and lived with her a long time, Marius was disgusted with both of them, and decreed that the husband should pay back his wife’s dowry, while at the same time he imposed upon the woman, as a mark of infamy, a fine of four coppers.

> Greek: 38.4. ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς δίκης λεγομένης ἐφαίνετο καὶ τὴν Φαννίαν ἀκόλαστον γεγονέναι καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τοιαύτην εἰδότα λαβεῖν καὶ συμβιῶσαι πολὺν χρόνον, ἀμφοτέρους δυσχεράνας τὸν μὲν ἄνδρα τὴν φερνὴν ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοῦναι, τῆς δὲ γυναικὸς ἀτιμίας ἕνεκα τῇ καταδίκῃ χαλκοῦς τέσσαρας προσετίμησεν.

[¶10] 38.5. However, at the time of which I speak, Fannia did not act like a woman who had been wronged, but when she saw Marius, she put far from her all resentment, cared for him as well as she could, and tried to encourage him. Marius commended her, and said he was of good courage; for an excellent sign had been given him. And this sign was as follows. When, as he was led along, he had come to the house of Fannia the door flew open and an ass ran out, in order to get a drink at a spring that flowed hard by;

> Greek: 38.5. οὐ μὴν ἥ γε Φαννίᾳ τότε πάθος γυναικὸς ἠδικημένης ἔλαβεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς εἶδε τὸν Μάριον, πορρωτάτω γενομένη τοῦ μνησικακεῖν, ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ἐπεμελεῖτο καὶ παρεθάρρυνεν αὐτόν, ὁ δὲ κἀκείνην ἐπῄνει καὶ θαρρεῖν ἔφασκε· σημεῖον γάρ αὐτῷ γεγονέναι χρηστόν. ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτον. ὡς ἀγόμενος πρὸς τῇ οἰκίᾳ τῆς Φαννίας ἐγεγόνει, τῶν θυρῶν ἀνοιχθεισῶν ὄνος ἔνδοθεν ἐχώρει δρόμῳ, πιόμενος ἀπὸ κρήνης ἐγγὺς ἀπορρεούσης·

[¶11] 38.6. with a saucy and exultant look at Marius the animal at first stopped in front of him, and then, giving a magnificent bray, went frisking past him triumphantly. From this Marius drew an omen and concluded that the Deity was indicating a way of escape for him by sea rather than by land; for the ass made no account of its dry fodder, hut turned from that to the water. After explaining this to Fannia, Marius lay down to rest alone, after ordering the door of the apartment to be closed.

> Greek: 38.6. προσβλέψας δὲ τῷ Μαρίῳ λαμυρόν τι καὶ γεγηθὸς ἔστη πρῶτον ἐναντίον, εἶτα φωνὴν ἀφῆκε λαμπρὰν καὶ παρεσκίρτησε παρʼ αὑτὸν ὑπὸ γαυρότητος. ἐξ οὗ συμβαλὼν ὁ Μάριος ἔφασκεν ὡς διὰ θαλάσσης αὐτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ διὰ γῆς ὑποδείκνυσι σωτηρίαν τὸ δαιμόνιον τὸν γάρ ὄνον οὐ προσέχοντα τῇ ξηρᾷ τροφῇ πρὸς τὸ ὕδωρ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τραπέσθαι. ταῦτα διαλεχθεὶς τῇ Φαννίᾳ καθʼ αὑτὸν ἀνεπαύετο, τὴν θύραν τοῦ δωματίου προσθεῖναι κελεύσας.

[¶12] 39.1. Upon deliberation, the magistrates and councillors of Minturnae decided not to delay, but to put Marius to death. No one of the citizens, however, would undertake the task, so a horseman, either a Gaul or a Cimbrian (for the story is told both ways), took a sword and went into to the room where Marius was.

> Greek: 39.1. βουλευομένοις δὲ τοῖς ἄρχουσι καὶ συνέδροις τῶν Μιντουρνησίων ἔδοξε μὴ μέλλειν, ἀλλὰ διαχρήσασθαι τὸν ἄνδρα. καὶ τῶν μὲν πολιτῶν οὐδεὶς ὑπέστη τὸ ἔργον, ἱππεὺς δὲ Γαλάτης τὸ γένος ἢ Κίμβρος ἀμφοτέρως γὰρ ἱστορεῖται λαβών ξίφος ἐπεισῆλθεν αὐτῷ.

[¶13] 39.2. Now, that part of the room where Marius happened to be lying had not a very good light, but was gloomy, and we are told that to the soldier the eyes of Marius seemed to shoot out a strong flame, and that a loud voice issued from the shadows saying: “Man, dost thou dare to slay Caius Marius?” At once, then, the Barbarian fled from the room, threw his sword down on the ground, and dashed out of doors, with this one cry: “I cannot kill Caius Marius.”

> Greek: 39.2. τοῦ δὲ οἰκήματος ἐν ᾧ ἔτυχε μέρει κατακείμενος οὐ πάνυ λαμπρὸν φῶς ἔχοντος, ἀλλʼ ὄντος ἐπισκίου, λέγεται τὰ μὲν ὄμματα τοῦ Μαρίου φλόγα πολλὴν ἐκβάλλοντα τῷ στρατιώτῃ φανῆναι, φωνὴν δὲ μεγάλην ἐκ τοῦ παλισκίου γενέσθαι, σὺ δὴ τολμᾷς, ἄνθρωπε, Γάϊον Μάριον ἀνελεῖν; ἐξῆλθεν οὖν εὐθὺς ὁ βάρβαρος φυγῇ, καὶ τὸ ξίφος ἐν μέσῳ καταβαλὼν ἐχώρει διὰ θυρῶν, τοῦτο μόνον βοῶν, οὐ δύναμαι Γάϊον Μάριον ἀποκτεῖναι.

[¶14] 39.3. Consternation reigned, of course, and then came pity, a change of heart, and self-reproach for having come to so unlawful and ungrateful a decision against a man who had been the saviour of Italy, and who ought in all decency to be helped. “So, then,” the talk ran, “let him go where he will as an exile, to suffer elsewhere his allotted fate. And let us pray that the gods may not visit us with their displeasure for casting Marius out of our city in poverty and rags.” Moved by such considerations, they rushed into his room in a body, surrounded him, and began to lead him forth to the sea.

> Greek: 39.3. πάντας οὖν ἔκπληξις ἔσχεν, εἶτα οἶκτος καὶ μετάνοια τῆς γνώμης καὶ κατάμεμψις ἑαυτῶν ὡς βούλευμα βεβουλευκότων ἄνομον καὶ ἀχάριστον ἐπʼ ἀνδρὶ σωτῆρι τῆς Ἰταλίας, ᾧ μὴ βοηθῆσαι δεινὸν ἦν. ἲτω δʼοὖν ὅπῃ χρῄζει φυγάς ἀνατλησόμενος ἀλλαχόθι τὸ μεμορμένον. ἡμεῖς δὲ εὐχώμεθα μὴ νεμεσῆσαι θεοὺς Μάριον ἄπορον καὶ γυμνὸν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐκβαλοῦσιν. ὑπὸ τοιούτων λογισμῶν εἰσπεσόντες ἀθρόοι καὶ περισχόντες αὐτὸν ἐξῆγον ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν.

[¶15] 39.4. But although this one and that one were eager to do him some service and all made what haste they could, still there was delay. For the grove of Marica, as it was called, which was held in veneration, and from which nothing was permitted to be carried out that had ever been carried in, lay between them and the sea as they were going, and if they went round it they must needs lose time. At last, however, one of the older men cried out and said that no path could forbid men’s steps and passage if it were the path of safety for Marius. And the speaker himself was the first to take some of the things that were being carried to the ship arid pass through the holy place.

> Greek: 39.4. ἄλλου δὲ ἄλλο τι προθύμως ὑπηρετοῦντος καὶ σπευδόντων ἁπάντων ἐγίνετο τριβὴ τοῦ χρόνου. τὸ γάρ τῆς λεγομένης Μαρίκας ἄλσος, ὃ σέβονται καὶ παραφυλάττουσι μηθὲν ἐκεῖθεν ἐκκομισθῆναι τῶν εἰσκομισθέντων, ἐμποδὼν ἦν τῆς ἐπὶ θάλασσαν ὁδοῦ, καὶ κύκλῳ περιιόντας ἔδει βραδύνειν, ἄχρι οὗ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τις ἐκβοήσας ἔφη μηδεμίαν ἄβατον μηδʼ· ἀπόρεντον ὁδὸν εἶναι διʼ ἧς σῴζεται Μάριος, καὶ πρῶτος αὐτὸς λαβών τι τῶν κομιζομένων ἐπὶ ναῦν διὰ τοῦ τόπου διεξῆλθε.

[¶16] 40.1. Everything was speedily provided through such readiness as this, and a certain Belaeus furnished a ship for Marius. Belaeus afterwards had a painting made representing these scenes, and dedicated it in the temple at the spot where Marius embarked and put to sea. Favoured by the wind he was borne along by chance to the island of Aenaria, where he found Granius and the rest of his friends, and set sail with them for Africa.

> Greek: 40.1. τοιαύτῃ προθυμίᾳ ταχὺ πάντων συμπορισθέντων καὶ Βηλαίου τινὸς ναῦν τῷ Μαρίῳ παρασχόντος, ὃς ὕστερον πίνακα τῶν πράξεων ἐκείνων γραψάμενος ἀνέθηκεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ὅθεν ἐμβὰς ὁ Μάριος ἀνήχθη, τῷ πνεύματι φέροντι χρώμενος ἐφέρετό πως κατὰ τύχην πρὸς Αἰναρίαν τὴν νῆσον, ὅπου τὸν Γράνιον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους φίλους εὑρών ἔπλει μετʼ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ Λιβύης.

[¶17] 40.2. But their supply of fresh water failed, and they were compelled to touch at Erycina in Sicily. In this neighbourhood, as it chanced, the Roman quaestor was on the watch, and almost captured Marius himself as he landed; he did kill about sixteen of his men who came ashore for water. Marius therefore put out to sea with all speed and crossed to the island of Meninx, where he first learned that his son had come off safely with Cethegus, and that they Were on their way to Iampsas the king of Numidia, intending to ask his aid.

> Greek: 40.2. ὕδατος δὲ ἐπιλιπόντος αὐτοὺς ἀναγκαίως Σικελίᾳ κατὰ τὴν Ἐρυκίνην προσέσχον. ἔτυχε δὲ περὶ τοὺς τόπους ἐκείνους ὁ Ῥωμαίων ταμίας παραφυλάσσων, καὶ μικροῦ μὲν αὐτὸν ἀποβάντα τὸν Μάριον εἷλεν, ἀπέκτεινε δὲ περὶ ἑκκαίδεκα τῶν ὑδρευομένων. Μάριος δὲ κατὰ σπουδὴν ἀναχθεὶς καὶ διαπεράσας τὸ πέλαγος πρὸς Μήνιγγα τὴν νῆσον, ἐνταῦθα διαπυνθάνεται πρῶτον ὡς ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ διασέσῳσται μετὰ Κεθήγου καὶ πορεύονται πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Νομάδων Ἰάμψαν, δεησόμενοι βοηθεῖν.

[¶18] 40.3. At this news Marius was a little refreshed, and made bold to push on from the island to the neighbourhood of Carthage. The Roman governor of Africa at this time was Sextilius, a man who had received neither good nor ill at he hands of Marius, but whom, as it was expected, pity alone would move to give him aid. Hardly, however, had Marius landed with a few companions, when an official met him, stood directly in front of him, and said: “Sextilius the governor forbids thee, Marius, to set foot in Africa; and if thou disobeyest, he declares that he will uphold the decrees of the senate and treat thee as an enemy of Rome.”

> Greek: 40.3. ἐφʼ οἷς μικρὸν ἀναπνεύσας ἐθάρρησεν ἀπὸ τῆς νήσου πρὸς τὴν Καρχηδονίαν προσβαλεῖν· ἐστρατήγει δὲ τῆς Λιβύης τότε Σεξτίλιος, ἀνήρ Ῥωμαῖος, οὔτε φαῦλον οὐθὲν οὔτε χρηστὸν ἐκ Μαρίου προειληφώς, ἀλλʼ ὅσον ἀπʼ οἴκτου τι προσδοκώμενος ὠφελήσειν. ἄρτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μετʼ ὀλίγων ἀποβεβηκότος ὑπηρέτης ἀπαντήσας καὶ καταστὰς ἐναντίον εἶπεν, ἀπαγορεύει σοι Σεξτίλιος ὁ στρατηγός, ὦ Μάριε, Λιβύης ἐπιβαίνειν· εἰ δὲ μή, φησὶν ἀμυνεῖν τοῖς τῆς βουλῆς δόγμασιν, ὡς Ῥωμαίων πολεμίῳ χρώμενος.

[¶19] 40.4. When he heard this, Marius was rendered speechless by grief and indignation, and for a long time kept quiet, looking sternly at the official. Then, when asked by him what he had to say, and what answer he would make to the governor, he answered with a deep groan: “Tell him, then, that thou hast seen Caius Marius a fugitive, seated amid the ruins of Carthage.” And it was not inaptly that he compared the fate of that city with his own reversal of fortune.

> Greek: 40.4. ταῦτα ἀκούσαντα τὸν Μάριον ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ βαρυθυμίας ἀπορία λόγων ἔσχε, καὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἡσυχίαν ἦγε δεινὸν εἰς τὸν ὑπηρέτην ἀποβλέπων, ἐρομένου δὲ ἐκείνου τί φράζει καὶ τί λέγει πρὸς τὸν στρατηγόν, ἀπεκρίνατο μέγα στενάξας, ἂγγελλε τοίνυν ὅτι Γάϊον Μάριον ἐν τοῖς Καρχηδόνος ἐρειπίοις φυγάδα καθεζόμενον εἶδες, οὐ κακῶς ἅμα τήν τε τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης τύχην καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ μεταβολὴν ἐν παραδείγματος λόγῳ θέμενος.

[¶20] 40.5. Meanwhile Iampsas the king of Numidia, hesitating which course to take, did indeed treat the younger Marius and his party with respect, but always had some excuse for detaining them when they wished to go away, and clearly had no good end in view in thus postponing their departure. However, something occurred which, though not at all extraordinary, led to their escape. The younger Marius, that is, being a handsome fellow, one of the concubines of the king was pained to see him treated unworthily, and this feeling of compassion ripened into love.

> Greek: 40.5. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Ἰάμψας ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Νομάδων ἐπαμφοτερίζων τοῖς λογισμοῖς ἐν τιμῇ μὲν ἦγε τοὺς περὶ τὸν νέον Μάριον, ἀπιέναι δὲ βουλομένους ἔκ τινος ἀεὶ προφάσεως κατεῖχε, καὶ δῆλος ἦν ἐπʼ οὐδενὶ χρηστῷ ποιούμενος τὴν ἀναβολήν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ συμβαίνει τι τῶν εἰκότων αὐτοῖς πρὸς σωτηρίαν. ὁ γάρ νέος Μάριος εὐπρεπὴς ὢν τὴν ὄψιν ἠνία τινὰ τῶν παλλακίδων τοῦ βασιλέως παρʼ ἀξίαν πράττων· ὁ δὲ οἶκτος οὗτος ἀρχὴ καὶ πρόφασις ἦν ἔρωτος.

[¶21] 40.6. At first, then, Marius repelled the woman’s advances; but when he saw that there was no other way of escape for him and his friends, and that her behaviour was based on a genuine affection, he accepted her favours; whereupon she helped him in getting off, and he ran away with his friends and made his escape to his father. After father and son had embraced one another, they walked along the sea-shore, and there they saw some scorpions fighting, which the elder Marius regarded as a bad omen.

> Greek: 40.6. τὸ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον ἀπετρίβετο τὴν ἄνθρωπον· ὡς δὲ οὔτε φυγῆς ἑτέραν ὁδὸν ἑώρα καὶ τὰ παρʼ ἐκείνης σπουδαιότερον ἢ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἀκόλαστον διεπράττετο, δεξάμενος τὴν φιλοφροσύνην καὶ συνεκπεμφθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτῆς ἀπέδρα μετὰ τῶν φίλων καὶ διέφυγε πρὸς τὸν Μάριον. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀλλήλους ἠσπάσαντο, πορευόμενοι παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν ἐντυγχάνουσι σκορπίοις μαχομένοις· καὶ τὸ σημεῖον ἐφάνη τῷ Μαρίῳ πονηρόν.

[¶22] 40.7. At once, therefore, they boarded a fishing-boat and crossed over to the island of Cercina, which was not far distant from the mainland; and scarcely had they put out from land when horsemen sent by the king were seen riding towards the spot whence they had sailed. It would seem that Marius never escaped a greater peril than this.

> Greek: 40.7. εὐθὺς οὖν ἁλιάδος ἐπιβάντες εἰς Κέρκιναν διεπέρων, νῆσον ἀπέχουσαν οὐ πολὺ τῆς ἠπείρου· καὶ τοσοῦτον ἔφθασαν ὅσον ἀνηγμένων αὐτῶν ἱππεῖς ὁρᾶσθαι παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐλαύνοντας ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον ὅθεν ἀνήχθησαν. τοῦτον οὐδενὸς ἐλάττονα κίνδυνον ἔδοξεν ἐκφυγεῖν ὁ Μάριος.

[¶23] 41.1. But in Rome, Sulla was heard of as waging war with the generals of Mithridates in Boeotia, and the consuls quarrelled and were resorting to arms. A battle took place, Octavius won the day, cast out Cinna, who was trying to be too arbitrary in his rule, and put Cornelius Merula in his place as consul; whereupon Cinna assembled a force from the other parts of Italy and made war anew upon Octavius and his colleague.

> Greek: 41.1. ἐν δὲ Ῥώμῃ Σύλλας μὲν ἠκούετο τοῖς Μιθριδάτου πολεμεῖν στρατηγοῖς περὶ Βοιωτίαν, οἱ δὲ ὕπατοι στασιάσαντες ἐχώρουν εἰς ὅπλα. καὶ μάχης γενομένης Ὀκτάβιος μὲν κρατήσας ἐξέβαλε Κίνναν ἐπιχειροῦντα τυραννικώτερον ἄρχειν, καὶ κατέστησεν ἀντʼ αὐτοῦ Κορνήλιον Μερούλλαν ὕπατον, ὁ δὲ Κίννας ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης Ἰταλίας συναγαγὼν δύναμιν αὖθις διεπολέμει πρὸς αὐτούς.

[¶24] 41.2. When Marius heard of these things, he thought best to sail thither as fast as he could; so taking with him from Africa some Moorish horsemen, and some Italians who had wandered thither, the number of both together not exceeding a thousand, he put to sea. Putting in at Telamon in Tyrrhenia, and lauding there, he proclaimed freedom to the slaves; he also won over the sturdiest of the free farmers and herdsmen of the neighbourhood, who came flocking down to the sea attracted by his fame, and in a few days had assembled a large force and manned forty ships.

> Greek: 41.2. ταῦτα τῷ Μαρίῳ πυνθανομένῳ πλεῦσαι τὴν ταχίστην ἐφαίνετο· καὶ παραλαβὼν ἐκ τῆς Λιβύης Μαυρουσίων τινὰς ἱππότας καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας τινὰς καταφερομένων, συναμφοτέρους οὐ πλείονας χιλίων γενομένους, ἀνήχθη. προσβαλὼυ δὲ Τελαμῶνι τῆς Τυρρηνίας καὶ ἀποβὰς ἐκήρυττε δούλοις ἐλευθερίαν· καὶ τῶν αὐτόθι γεωργούντων καὶ νεμόντων ἐλευθέρων κατὰ δόξαν αὐτοῦ συντρεχόντων ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ἀναπείθων τοὺς ἀκμαιοτάτους ἐν ἡμέραις ὀλίγαις χεῖρα μεγάλην ἤθροισε καὶ τεσσαράκοντα ναῦς ἐπλήρωσεν.

[¶25] 41.3. And now, knowing that Octavius was a most excellent man and wished to rule in the justest way, but that Cinna was distrusted by Sulla and was making war upon the established constitution, he determined to join Cinna with his forces. Accordingly he sent to Cinna and offered to obey him in everything as consul. Cinna accepted his offer, named him proconsul, and sent him the fasces and other insignia of the office Marius, however, declared that these decorations were not suited to his fortunes, and in mean attire, his hair uncut since the day of his flight, being now over seventy years of age, came with slow steps to meet the consul. For he wished that men should pity him; but with his appeal for compassion there was mingled the look that was natural to him and now more terrifying than ever, and through his downcast mien there flashed a spirit which had been, not humbled, but made savage by his reverses.

> Greek: 41.3. εἰδὼς δὲ τὸν μὲν Ὀκτάβιον ἄριστον ἄνδρα καὶ τῷ δικαιοτάτῳ τρόπῳ βουλόμενον ἄρχειν, τὸν δὲ Κίνναν ὕποπτόν τε τῷ Σύλλᾳ καὶ πολεμοῦντα τῇ καθεστώσῃ πολιτείᾳ, τούτῳ προσνέμειν ἑαυτὸν ἔγνω μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως, ἔπεμψεν οὖν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ὡς ὑπάτῳ πάντα ποιήσειν τὰ προστασσόμενα. δεξαμένου δὲ τοῦ Κίννα καὶ προσαγορεύσαντος αὐτὸυ ἀνθύπατον, ῥάβδους δὲ καὶ τἆλλα παράσημα τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀποστείλαντος, οὐκ ἔφη πρέπειν αὐτοῦ ταῖς τύχαις τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλʼ ἐσθῆτι φαύλῃ κεχρημένος καὶ κομῶν ἀφʼ ἧς ἔφυγεν ἡμέρας, ὑπὲρ ἑβδομήκοντα γεγονὼς ἔτη βάδην προσῄει, βουλόμενος μὲν ἐλεεινὸς εἶναι, τῷ δὲ οἴκτῳ συμμέμικτο τὸ οἰκεῖον τῆς ὄψεως αὐτοῦ πλέον τὸ φοβερόν, καὶ διέφαινεν ἡ κατήφεια τὸν θυμὸν οὐ τεταπεινωμένον, ἀλλʼ ἐξηγριωμένον ὑπὸ τῆς μεταβολῆς.

[¶26] 42.1. After greeting Cinna and presenting himself to Cinna’s soldiers, he at once began his work and greatly changed the posture of affairs. In the first place, by cutting off the grain-ships with his fleet and plundering the merchants, he made himself master of the city’s supplies; next, he sailed to the maritime cities and took them; and finally, he seized Ostia itself, which was treacherously surrendered to him, plundering the property there and killing most of its inhabitants, and by throwing a bridge across the river completely cut off the enemy from such stores as might come by sea.

> Greek: 42.1. ἀσπασάμενος δὲ τὸν Κίνναν καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐντυχὼν εὐθὺς εἴχετο τοῦ ἔργου καὶ μεγάλην μεταβολὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐποίησε. πρῶτον μὲν γάρ ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ σιτηγὰ περικόπτων καὶ τοὺς ἐμπόρους ληιζόμενος ἐκράτησε τῆς ἀγορᾶς, ἔπειτα τὰς παραλίους πόλεις ἐπιπλέων ᾕρει. τέλος δὲ τὴν Ὠστίαν αὐτὴν λαβὼν ἐκ προδοσίας τά τε χρήματα διήρπασε καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀπέκτεινε, καὶ γεφυρώσας τὸν ποταμὸν ἀπέκοψε κομιδῇ τὰς ἐκ θαλάσσης εὐπορίας τῶν πολεμίων.

[¶27] 42.2. Then he set out and marched with his army towards the city, and occupied the hill called Janiculum. Octavius damaged his own cause, not so much through lack of skill, as by a too scrupulous observance of the laws, wherein he unwisely neglected the needs of the hour. For though many urged him to call the slaves to arms under promise of freedom, he said he would not make bondmen members of the state from which he was trying to exclude Marius in obedience to the laws.

> Greek: 42.2. ἄρας δὲ τῷ στρατῷ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ἐχώρει καὶ τὸ καλούμενον Ἰανοῦκλον ὄρος κατέσχεν, οὐ τοσοῦτον ἀπειρίᾳ τοῦ Ὀκταβίου τὰ πράγματα βλάπτοντος, ὅσον ἀκριβείᾳ τῶν δικαίων προϊεμένου τὰ χρειώδη παρὰ τὸ συμφέρον, ὅς γε πολλῶν κελευόντων αὐτὸν ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ καλεῖν τοὺς οἰκέτας οὐκ ἔφη δούλοις μεταδώσειν τῆς πατρίδος, ἧς Γάϊον Μάριον εἴργει τοῖς νόμοις ἀμύνων.

[¶28] 42.3. Moreover, when Metellus (son of the Metellus who had commanded in Africa and had been banished through the intrigues of Marius) came to Rome, it was thought that he was far superior to Octavius as a general, and the soldiers forsook Octavius and came to him, entreating him to take the command and save the city; for they would make a good fight, they said, and win the victory if they got a tried and efficient leader. Metellus, however, was indignant at them and bade them go- back to the consul; whereupon they went off to the enemy. Metellus also left the city, despairing of its safety.

> Greek: 42.3. ἐπεὶ δὲ Μέτελλος υἱὸς Μετέλλου τοῦ στρατηγήσαντος ἐν Λιβύῃ καὶ διὰ Μάριον ἐκπεσόντος ἧκεν εἰς Ῥώμην καὶ πολὺ τοῦ Ὀκταβίου στρατηγικώτερος ἐφαίνετο, καταλιπόντες οἱ στρατιῶται τὸν Ὀκτάβιον ἧκον ὡς ἐκεῖνον ἄρχειν δεόμενοι καὶ σῴζειν τὴν πόλιν εὖ γὰρ ἀγωνιεῖσθαι καὶ κρατήσειν ἔμπειρον ἡγεμόνα καὶ δραστήριον λαβόντες. ἀγανακτήσαντος δὲ τοῦ Μετέλλου καὶ κελεύοντος ἀπιέναι πρὸς τὸν ὕπατον, ᾤχοντο πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ὑπεξέστη δὲ καὶ Μέτελλος ἀπογνοὺς τὴν πόλιν.

[¶29] 42.4. But Octavius was persuaded by certain Chaldaeans, sacrificers, and interpreters of the Sibylline books to remain in the city, on the assurance that matters would turn out well. For it would seem that this man, although he was in other ways the most sensible man in Rome, and most careful to maintain the dignity of the consular office free from undue influence in accordance with the customs of the country and its laws, which he regarded as unchangeable ordinances, had a weakness in this direction, since he spent more time with charlatans and seers than with men who were statesmen and soldiers.

> Greek: 42.4. Ὀκτάβιον δὲ Χαλδαῖοι καὶ θύται τινὲς καὶ σιβυλλισταὶ πείσαντες ἐν Ῥώμῃ κατέσχον, ὡς εὖ γενησομένων. ὁ γὰρ ἀνήρ οὗτος δοκεῖ, τἆλλα Ῥωμαίων εὐγνωμονέστατος γενόμενος καὶ μάλιστα δὴ τὸ πρόσχημα τῆς ὑπατείας ἀκολάκευτον ἐπὶ τῶν πατρίων ἐθῶν καὶ νόμων ὥσπερ διαγραμμάτων ἀμεταβόλων διαφυλάξας, ἀρρωστίᾳ τῇ περὶ ταῦτα χρήσασθαι, πλείονα συνὼν χρόνον ἀγύρταις καὶ μάντεσιν ἢ πολιτικοῖς καὶ πολεμικοῖς ἀνδράσιν.

[¶30] 42.5. This man, then, before Marius entered the city, was dragged down from the rostra by men who had been sent on before, and butchered; and we are told that a Chaldaean chart was found in his bosom after he had been slain. Now, it seems very unaccountable that, of two most illustrious commanders, Marius should succeed by regarding divinations, but Octavius should be ruined.

> Greek: 42.5. οὗτος μὲν οὖν, πρὶν εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Μάριον, ὑπὸ τῶν προπεμφθέντων ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος κατασπασθεὶς ἐσφάττετο καὶ λέγεται διάγραμμα Χαλδαϊκὸν ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ φονευθέντος εὑρεθῆναι. καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα πολλὴν ἀλογίαν εἶχε, τὸ δυεῖν ἡγεμόνων ἐπιφανεστάτων Μάριον μὲν ὀρθῶσαι τὸ μὴ καταφρονῆσαι μαντικῆς, Ὀκτάβιον δὲ ἀπολέσαι.

[¶31] 43.1. Matters being at this pass, the senate met and sent a deputation to Cinna and Marius, begging them to enter the city and spare the citizens. Cinna, accordingly, as consul, seated on his chair of office, received the embassy and gave them a kindly answer; but Marius, standing by the consul’s chair without speaking a word, made it clear all the while, by the heaviness of his countenance and the gloominess of his look, that he would at once fill the city with slaughter. After the conference was over they moved on towards the city.

> Greek: 43.1. οὕτω δὴ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐχόντων ἡ βουλὴ συνελθοῦσα πρέσβεις ἐξέπεμψε πρὸς Κίνναν καὶ Μάριον, εἰσιέναι καὶ φείδεσθαι δεομένη τῶν πολιτῶν. Κίννας μὲν οὖν ὡς ὕπατος ἐπὶ τοῦ δίφρου καθήμενος ἐχρημάτιζε καὶ φιλανθρώπους ἀποκρίσεις ἔδωκε τοῖς πρέσβεσι, Μάριος δὲ τῷ δίφρῳ παρειστήκει φθεγγόμενος μὲν οὐδέν, ὑποδηλῶν δὲ ἀεὶ τῇ βαρύτητι τοῦ προσώπου καὶ τῇ στυγνότητι τοῦ βλέμματος ὡς εὐθὺς ἐμπλήσων φόνων τὴν πόλιν.

[¶32] 43.2. Cinna entered it with a bodyguard, but Marius halted at the gates and angrily dissembled, saying that he was an exile and was excluded from the country by the law, and if his presence there was desired, the vote which cast him out must be rescinded by another vote, since, indeed, he was a law-abiding man and was returning to a free city.

> Greek: 43.2. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀναστάντες ἐβάδιζον, Κίννας μὲν εἰσῄει δορυφορούμενος, Μάριος δὲ παρὰ ταῖς πύλαις ὑποστὰς εἰρωνεύετο πρὸς ὀργήν, φυγὰς εἶναι λέγων καὶ τῆς πατρίδος εἴργεσθαι κατὰ τὸν νόμον, εἰ δὲ χρῄζοι τις αὐτοῦ παρόντος, ἑτέρᾳ ψήφῳ λυτέον εἶναι τὴν ἐκβάλλουσαν, ὡς δὴ νόμιμός τις ὢν ἀνήρ καὶ κατιὼν εἰς πόλιν ἐλευθέραν·

[¶33] 43.3. So the people were summoned to the forum; and before three or four of the tribes had cast their votes, he threw aside his feigning and all that jetty talk about being an exile, and entered the city, having as his body-guard a picked band of the slaves who had flocked to his standard, to whom he had given the name of Bardyaei. These fellows killed many of the citizens at a word of command from him, many, too, at a mere nod; and at last, when Ancharius, a man of senatorial and praetorial dignity, met Marius and got no salutation from him, they struck him down with their swords before the face of their master.

> Greek: 43.3. ἐκαλει δὴ τὸ πλῆθος εἰς ἀγορὰν καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρας φυλὰς ἐνεγκεῖν τὴν ψῆφον ἀφεὶς τὸ πλάσμα καὶ τὴν φυγαδικὴν ἐκείνην δικαιολογίαν κατῄει, δορυφόρους ἔχων λογάδας ἐκ τῶν προσπεφοιτηκότων δούλων, οὓς Βαρδυαίους προσηγόρευσεν. οὗτοι πολλοὺς μὲν ἀπὸ φωνῆς, πολλοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ νεύματος ἀνῄρουν προστάσσοντος αὐτοῦ· καὶ τέλος Ἀγχάριον, ἄνδρα βουλευτὴν καὶ στρατηγικόν, ἐντυγχάνοντα τῷ Μαρίῳ καὶ μὴ προσαγορευθέντα καταβάλλουσιν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ταῖς μαχαίραις τύπτοντες.

[¶34] 43.4. After this, whenever anybody else greeted Marius and got no salutation or greeting in return, this of itself was a signal for the man’s slaughter in the very street, so that even the friends of Marius, to a man, were full of anguish and horror whenever they drew near to greet him. So many were slain that at last Cinna’s appetite for murder was dulled and sated; but Marius, whose anger increased day by day and thirsted for blood, kept on killing all whom he held in any suspicion whatsoever.

> Greek: 43.4. ἐκ δὲ τούτου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσους ἀσπασαμένους μὴ προσαγορεύσειε μηδὲ ἀντασπάσαιτο, τοῦτο αὐτὸ σύμβολον ἦν ἀποσφάττειν εὐθὺς ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς, ὥστε καὶ τῶν φίλων ἕκαστον ἀγωνίας μεστὸν εἶναι καὶ φρίκης ὁσάκις ἀσπασόμενοι τῷ Μαρίῳ πελάζοιεν· κτεινομένων δὲ πολλῶν Κίννας μὲν ἀμβλὺς ἦν καὶ μεστὸς ἤδη τοῦ φονεύειν, Μάριος δὲ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀκμάζοντι τῷ θυμῷ καὶ διψῶντι διὰ πάντων ἐχώρει τῶν ὁπωσοῦν ἐν ὑποψίᾳ γεγονότων.

[¶35] 43.5. Every road and every city was filled with men pursuing and hunting down those who sought to escape or had hidden themselves. Moreover, the trust -men placed in the ties of hospitality and friendship was found to be no security against the strokes of Fortune; for few there were, all told, who did not betray to the murderers those who had taken refuge with them.

> Greek: 43.5. καὶ πᾶσα μὲν ὁδός, πᾶσα δὲ πόλις τῶν διωκόντων καὶ κυνηγετούντων τοὺς ὑποφεύγοντας καὶ κεκρυμμένους ἔγεμεν. ἠλέγχετο δὲ καὶ ξενίας καὶ φιλίας πίστις οὐδὲν ἔχουσα παρὰ τὰς τύχας βέβαιον· ὀλίγοι γάρ ἐγένοντο παντάπασιν οἱ μὴ προδόντες αὐτοῖς τοὺς παρὰ σφᾶς καταφυγόντας.

[¶36] 43.6. All the more worthy of praise and admiration, then, was the behaviour of the slaves of Cornutus. They concealed their master in his house; then they hung up by the neck one of the many dead bodies that lay about, put a gold ring on its finger, and showed it to the guards of Marius, after which they decked it out as if it were their master’s body and gave it burial. Nobody suspected the ruse, and thus Cornutus escaped notice and was conveyed by his slaves into Gaul.

> Greek: 43.6. ἄξιον οὖν ἄγασθαι καὶ θαυμάσαι τοὺς τοῦ Κορνούτου θεράποντας οἳ, οἱ τὸν δεσπότην ἀποκρύψαντες οἴκοι, νεκρὸν δέ τινα τῶν πολλῶν ἀναρτήσαντες ἐκ τοῦ τραχήλου καὶ περιθέντες αὐτῷ χρυσοῦν δακτύλιον ἐπεδείκνυον τοῖς Μαρίου δορυφόροις καὶ κοσμήσαντες ὡς ἐκεῖνον αὐτὸν ἔθαπτον. ὑπενόησε δὲ οὐδείς, ἀλλʼ οὕτω λαθὼν ὁ Κορνοῦτος ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκετῶν εἰς Γαλατίαν διεκομίσθη.

[¶37] 44.1. Marcus Antonius also, the orator, found a faithful friend, but it did not save him. For this friend, who was a poor plebeian and had received into his house a leading man of Rome, whom he wished to entertain as well as he could, sent a slave to a neighbouring innkeeper to get some wine. As the slave tasted the wine more carefully than usual and ordered some of better quality, the innkeeper asked him what was the reason that he did not buy the new and ordinary wine as usual, instead of wanting some that was choice and expensive.

> Greek: 44.1. χρηστῷ δὲ καὶ Μᾶρκος Ἀντώνιος ὁ ῥήτωρ φίλῳ χρησάμενος ἠτύχησεν. ὁ γάρ ἄνθρωπος ἦν μὲν πένης καὶ δημοτικός, ὑποδεξάμενος δὲ πρῶτον ἄνδρα Ῥωμαίων καὶ φιλοφρονούμενος ἐκ τῶν παρόντων, οἰκέτην ἔπεμψε πρός τινα τῶν ἐγγὺς καπήλων ληψόμενον οἶνον. διαγευομένου δὲ ἐπιμελέστερον καὶ βελτίονα μετρῆσαι κελεύοντος ἠρώτησεν ὁ κάπηλος ὁ τι παθὼν οὐχὶ τὸν νέον, ὥσπερ εἴωθεν, ὠνεῖται καὶ δημοτικόν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ σπουδαίου καὶ πολυτελοῦς.

[¶38] 44.2. The slave, in his great simplicity, conscious that he was dealing with an old acquaintance, told him that his master was entertaining Marcus Antonius, who was concealed at his house. As soon as the slave had gone home, the innkeeper, who was an impious and pestilent fellow, hastened in person to find Marius, who was already at supper, and on being introduced, promised to betray Antonius to him.

> Greek: 44.2. ἁπλῶς δέ πως ἐκείνου φράσαντος ὡς πρὸς συνήθη καὶ γνώριμον, ὅτι Μᾶρκον Ἀντώνιον ὁ δεσπότης ἑστιᾷ παρʼ αὐτῷ κρυπτόμενον, ἀσεβὴς καὶ μιαρὸς ὢν ὁ κάπηλος ἅμα τῷ τὸν οἰκέτην ἀπελθεῖν αὐτὸς συνέτεινε πρὸς Μάριον ἤδη περὶ δεῖπνον ὄντα, καὶ προσαχθεὶς ὡμολόγησε παραδώσειν αὐτῷ τὸν Ἀντώνιον.

[¶39] 44.3. When Marius heard this, as we are told, a loud cry burst from his lips and he clapped his hands for joy; he actually came near springing from his seat and hurrying to the place himself, but his friends restrained him; so he sent Annius and some soldiers with him, ordering them to bring him the head of Antonius with all speed. Accordingly, when they were come to the house, Annius stopped at the door, while the soldiers climbed the stairs and entered the room. But when they beheld Antonius, every man began to urge and push forward a companion to do the murder instead of himself.

> Greek: 44.3. ἀκούσας οὖν ἐκεῖνος ἐκκραγεῖν λέγεται μέγα καὶ ταῖς χερσὶν ὑφʼ· ἡδονῆς ἀνακροτῆσαι· καὶ μικροῦ μὲν ἐδέησεν ἐξαναστὰς αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον φέρεσθαι, τῶν δὲ φίλων κατασχόντων Ἄννιον ἔπεμπε καὶ στρατιώτας μετʼ αὐτοῦ κελεύσας κατὰ τάχος τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου κομίζειν. ὡς οὖν ἧκον ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν, ὁ μὲν Ἄννιος ὑπέστη παρὰ τὰς θύρας, οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται διὰ κλιμάκων ἀναβάντες εἰς τὸ δωμάτιον καὶ θεασάμενοι τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἄλλος ἄλλον ἐπὶ τὴν σφαγὴν ἀνθʼ ἑαυτοῦ παρεκάλει καὶ προὐβάλλετο.

[¶40] 44.4. So indescribable, however, as it would seem, was the grace and charm of his words, that when Antonius began to speak and pray for his life, not a soldier had the hardihood to lay hands on him or even to look him in the face, but they all bent their heads down and wept. Perceiving that there was some delay, Annius went upstairs, and saw that Antonius was pleading and that the soldiers were abashed and enchanted by his words; so he cursed his men, and running up to Antonius, with his own hands cut off his head.

> Greek: 44.4. τοιαύτη δὲ τις ἦν, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἡ τῶν λόγων σειρὴν καὶ χάρις, ὥστε ἀρξαμένου λέγειν καὶ παραιτεῖσθαι τὸν θάνατον ἅψασθαι μὲν οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμησεν οὐδὲ ἀντιβλέψαι, κάτω δὲ κύψαντες ἐδάκρυον ἅπαντες, διατριβῆς δὲ γενομένης ἀναβὰς ὁ Ἄννιος ὁρᾷ τὸν μὲν Ἀντώνιον διαλεγόμενον, τοὺς δὲ στρατιώτας ἐκπεπληγμένους καὶ κατακεκηλημένους ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ· κακίσας οὖν ἐκείνους καὶ προσδραμὼν αὐτὸς ἀποτέμνει τὴν κεφαλήν.

[¶41] 44.5. Again, the friends of Catulus Lutatius, who had been a colleague of Marius in the consulship, and with him had celebrated a triumph over the Cimbri, interceded for him and begged Marius to spare his life; but the only answer they could get was: “He must die.” Catulus therefore shut himself up in a room, lighted up a great quantity of charcoal, and was suffocated.

> Greek: 44.5. Κάτλος δὲ Λουτάτιος Μαρίῳ συνάρξας καὶ συνθριαμβεύσας ἀπὸ Κίμβρων, ἐπεὶ πρὸς τοὺς δεομένους ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ καὶ παραιτουμένους ὁ Μάριος τοσοῦτον μόνον εἶπεν, ἀποθανεῖν δεῖ, κατακλεισάμενος εἰς οἴκημα καὶ πολλοὺς ἄνθρακας ἐκζωπυρήσας ἀπεπνίγη.

[¶42] 44.6. But headless trunks thrown into the streets and trampled under foot excited no pity, though everybody trembled and shuddered at the sight. The people were most distressed, however, by the wanton licence of the Bardyaei, as they were called, who butchered fathers of families in their houses, outraged their children, violated their wives, and could not be checked in their career of rapine and murder until Cinna and Sertorius, after taking counsel together, fell upon them as they were asleep in their camp, and transfixed them all with javelins.

> Greek: 44.6. ῥιπτουμένων δὲ τῶν σωμάτων ἀκεφάλων καὶ πατουμένων ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς ἔλεος οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλὰ φρίκη καὶ τρόμος ἁπάντων πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν. ἠνία δὲ μάλιστα τὸν δῆμον ἡ τῶν καλουμένων Βαρδυαίων ἀσέλγεια, τοὺς γάρ δεσπότας ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις σφάττοντες ᾔσχυνον μὲν αὐτῶν παῖδας, ἐμείγνυντο δὲ βίᾳ ταῖς δεσποίναις, ἀκατάσχετοι δὲ ἦσαν ἁρπάζοντες καὶ μιαιφονοῦντες, ἕως οἱ περὶ Κίνναν καὶ Σερτώριον συμφρονήσαντες ἐπέθεντο κοιμωμένοις αὐτοῖς ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ καὶ κατηκόντισαν ἅπαντας.

[¶43] 45.1. Meanwhile, as if a change of wind were coming on, messengers arrived from all quarters with reports that Sulla had finished the war with Mithridates, had recovered the provinces, and was sailing for home with a large force. This gave a brief stay and a slight cessation to the city’s unspeakable evils, since men supposed that the war was all but upon them. Accordingly, Marius was elected consul for the seventh time, and assuming office on the very Calends of January, which is the first day of the year, he had a certain Sextus Lucinus thrown down the Tarpeian rock. This was thought to be a most significant portent of the evils that were once more to fall both upon the partisans of Marius and upon the city.

> Greek: 45.1. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ὥσπερ τροπαίας τινος ἀμειβούσης ἐφοίτων ἄγγελοι πανταχόθεν ὡς Σύλλας συνῃρηκὼς τὸν Μιθριδατικὸν πόλεμον καὶ τὰς ἐπαρχίας ἀνειληφὼς ἐπιπλέοι μετὰ πολλῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ τοῦτο βραχεῖαν ἐπίσχεσιν ἐποίησε καὶ παῦλαν ὀλίγην ἀφάτων κακῶν, ὅσον οὔπω τὸν πόλεμον ἥκειν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς οἰομένων. ὕπατος μὲν οὖν ἀπεδείχθη τὸ ἕβδομον Μάριος, καὶ προελθὼν αὐταῖς Καλάνδαις Ἰανουαρίαις, ἔτους ἀρχῇ, Σέξτον τινὰ Λουκῖνον κατεκρήμνισεν ὃ κἀκείνοις καὶ τῇ πόλει τῶν αὖθις ἐδόκει κακῶν γεγονέναι σημεῖον μέγιστον.

[¶44] 45.2. But Marius himself, now worn out with toils, deluged, as it were, with anxieties, and wearied, could not sustain his spirits, which shook within him as he again faced the overpowering thought of a new war, of fresh struggles, of terrors known by experience to be dreadful, and of utter weariness. He reflected, too, that it was not Octavius or Merula in command of a promiscuous throng and a seditious rabble against whom he was now to run the hazard of war, but that the famous Sulla was coming against him, the man who had once ejected him from the country, and had now shut Mithridates up to the shores of the Euxine Sea.

> Greek: 45.2. αὐτὸς δὲ ἤδη τοῖς τε πόνοις ἀπειρηκὼς καὶ ταῖς φροντίσιν οἷον ὑπέραντλος ὢν καὶ κατάπονος, τὴν ψυχὴν πρὸς τοσαύτην αὖθις ἐπίνοιαν νέου πολέμου καὶ καινῶν ἀγώνων καὶ φόβων ὑπὸ ἐμπειρίας δεινῶν καὶ καμάτου τρέμουσαν οὐκ ἀνέφερε, λογιζόμενος ὡς οὐ πρὸς Ὀκτάβιον οὐδὲ Μερούλαν σύγκλυδος ὁμίλου καὶ στασιώδους ὄχλου στρατηγοὺς ὁ κίνδυνος ἔσοιτο, Σύλλας δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἔπεισιν ὁ τῆς πατρίδος αὐτὸν ἐξελάσας πάλαι, νῦν δὲ Μιθριδάτην συνεσταλκὼς εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον Πόντον.

[¶45] 45.3. Tortured by such reflections, and bringing into review his long wandering, his flights, and his perils, as he was driven over land and sea, he fell into a state of dreadful despair, and was a prey to nightly terrors and harassing dreams, wherein he would ever seem to hear a voice saying:—
Dreadful, indeed, is the lion’s lair, even though it
be empty.
And since above all things he dreaded the sleepless nights, he gave himself up to drinking-bouts and drunkenness at unseasonable hours and in a manner unsuited to his years, trying thus to induce sleep as a way of escape from his anxious thoughts, And finally, when one came with tidings from the sea, fresh terrors fell upon him, partly because he feared the future, and partly because he was wearied to satiety by the present, so that it needed only a slight impulse to throw him into a pleurisy, as Poseidonius the philosopher relates, who says that he went in personally and conversed with Marius on the subjects of his embassy after Marius had fallen ill.

> Greek: 45.3. ὑπὸ τοιούτων θραυόμενος λογισμῶν, καὶ τὴν μακρὰν ἄλην αὐτοῦ καὶ φυγὰς καὶ κινδύνους διὰ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἐλαυνομένου λαμβάνων πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν, εἰς ἀπορίας ἐνέπιπτε δεινὰς καὶ νυκτερινὰ δείματα καὶ ταραχώδεις ὀνείρους, ἀεί τινος ἀκούειν φθεγγομένου δοκῶν δειναὶ γάρ κοῖται καὶ ἀποιχομένοιο λέοντος. μάλιστα δὲ πάντων φοβούμενος τὰς ἀγρυπνίας ἐνέβαλεν εἰς πότους ἑαυτὸν καὶ μέθας ἀώρους καὶ παρʼ ἡλικίαν, ὥσπερ ἀπόδρασιν τῶν φροντίδων τὸν ὕπνον μηχανώμενος. τέλος δὲ ὡς ἧκέ τις ἀπαγγέλλων ἀπὸ θαλάσσης, νέοι προσπίπτοντες αὐτῷ φόβοι, τὰ μὲν δέει τοῦ μέλλοντος, τὰ δὲ ὥσπερ ἄχθει καὶ κόρῳ τῶν παρόντων, ῥοπῆς βραχείας ἐπιγενομένης εἰς νόσον κατηνέχθη πλευρῖτιν, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Ποσειδώνιος ὁ φιλόσοφος, αὐτὸς εἰσελθεῖν καὶ διαλεχθῆναι περὶ ὧν ἐπρέσβευεν ἤδη νοσοῦντι φάσκων αὐτῷ.

[¶46] 45.5. But a certain Caius Piso, an historian, relates that Marius, while walking about with his friends after supper, fell to talking about the events of his life, beginning with his earliest days, and after recounting his frequent reversals of fortune, from good to bad and from bad to good, said that it was not the part of a man of sense to trust himself to Fortune any longer; and after this utterance bade his friends farewell, kept his bed for seven days consecutively, and so died.

> Greek: 45.5. Γάϊος δέ τις Πείσων, ἀνήρ ἱστορικὸς, ἱστορεῖ τὸν Μάριον ἀπὸ δείπνου περιπατοῦντα μετὰ τῶν φίλων ἐν λόγοις γενέσθαι περὶ τῶν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν πραγμάτων, ἄνωθεν ἀρξάμενον· καὶ τὰς ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα πολλάκις μεταβολὰς ἀφηγησάμενον εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐκ ἔστι νοῦν ἔχοντος ἀνδρὸς ἔτι τῇ τύχῃ πιστεύειν ἑαυτόν· ἐκ δὲ τούτου τοὺς παρόντας ἀσπασάμενον καὶ κατακλιθέντα συνεχῶς ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ τελευτῆσαι.

[¶47] 45.6. Some, however, say that his ambitious nature was completely revealed during his illness by his being swept into a strange delusion. He thought that he had the command in the Mithridatic war, and then, just as he used to do in his actual struggles, he would indulge in all sorts of attitudes and gestures, accompanying them with shrill cries and frequent calls to battle.

> Greek: 45.6. τινὲς δὲ τὴν φιλοτιμίαν αὐτοῦ φασιν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ παντάπασιν ἀποκαλυφθεῖσαν εἰς ἄτοπον ἐξοκεῖλαι παρακοπήν, οἰομένου τὸν Μιθριδατικὸν στρατηγεῖν πόλεμον, εἶτα, ὥσπερ ἐπʼ αὐτῶν εἰώθει τῶν ἀγώνων, σχήματα παντοδαπὰ καὶ κινήματα σώματος μετὰ συντόνου κραυγῆς καὶ πυκνῶν ἀλαλαγμάτων ἀποδιδόντος.

[¶48] 45.7. So fierce and inexorable was the passion for directing that war which had been instilled into him by his envy and lust of power. And therefore, though he had lived to be seventy years old, and was the first man to be elected consul for the seventh time, and was possessed of a house and wealth which would have sufficed for many kingdoms at once, he lamented his fortune, in that he was dying before he had satisfied and completed his desires.

> Greek: 45.7. οὕτως δεινὸς αὐτῷ καὶ Βνσπαραμνθητος ἐκ φιλαρχίας καὶ ζηλοτυπίας ἔρως ἐντετήκει τῶν πράξεων ἐκείνων. διὸ ἔτη μὲν ἑβδομήκοντα βεβιωκώς, ὕπατος δὲ πρῶτος ἀνθρώπων ἑπτάκις ἀνηγορευμένος, οἶκόν τε καὶ πλοῦτον ἀρκοῦντα βασιλείαις ὁμοῦ πολλαῖς κεκτημένος, ὠδύρετο τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τύχην ὡς ἐνδεὴς καὶ ἀτελὴς ὧν ἐπόθει προαποθνῄσκων.

[¶49] 46.1. Plato, however, when he was now at the point of death, lauded his guardian genius and Fortune because, to begin with, he had been born a man and not an irrational animal; again, because he was a Greek and not a Barbarian; and still again, because his birth had fallen in the times of Socrates.

> Greek: 46.1. Πλάτων μὲν οὖν ἤδη πρὸς τῷ τελευτᾶν γενόμενος ὕμνει τὸν αὐτοῦ δαίμονα καὶ τὴν τύχην, ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν ἄνθρωπος, εἶτα Ἕλλην, οὐ βάρβαρος οὐδὲ ἄλογον τῇ φύσει θηρίον γένοιτο, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, ὅτι τοῖς Σωκράτους χρόνοις ἀπήντησεν ἡ γένεσις αὐτοῦ.

[¶50] 46.2. And indeed they say that Antipater of Tarsus, when he was in like manner near his end and was enumerating the blessings of his life, did not forget to mention his prosperous voyage from home to Athens, just as though he thought that every gift of a benevolent Fortune called for great gratitude, and kept it to the last in his memory, which is the most secure storehouse of blessings for a man.

> Greek: 46.2. καὶ νὴ Δία τὸν Ταρσέα λέγουσιν Ἀντίπατρον ὡσαύτως ὑπὸ τὴν τελευτὴν ἀναλογιζόμενον ὧν τύχοι μακαρίων μηδὲ τῆς εἰς Ἀθήνας οἴκοθεν εὐπλοίας ἐπιλαθέσθαι, καθάπερ φιλοχρήστου τῆς τύχης ἅπασαν δόσιν εἰς μεγάλην χάριν τιθέμενον καὶ σῴζοντα τῇ μνήμῃ διὰ τέλους, ἧς οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ ταμιεῖον ἀγαθῶν βεβαιότερον.

[¶51] 46.3. Unmindful and thoughtless persons, on the contrary, let all that happens to them slip away as time goes on; therefore, since they do not hold or keep anything, they are always empty of blessings, but full of hopes, and are looking away to the future while they neglect the present. And yet the future may be prevented by Fortune, while the present cannot be taken away;

> Greek: 46.3. τοὺς δὲ ἀμνήμονας ς καὶ ἀνοήτους ὑπεκρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα μετὰ τοῦ χρόνου· διὸ μηθὲν στέγοντες μηδὲ διατηροῦντες ἀεὶ κενοὶ μὲν ἀγαθῶν, πλήρεις δὲ ἐλπίδων πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ἀποβλέπουσι, τὸ παρὸν προϊέμενοι. καίτοι τὸ μὲν ἂν ἡ τύχη κωλῦσαι δύναιτο, τὸ δὲ ἀναφαίρετόν ἐστιν·

[¶52] 46.4. nevertheless these men cast aside the present gift of Fortune as something alien to them, while they dream of the future and its uncertainties. And this is natural. For they assemble and heap together the external blessings of life before reason and education have enabled them to build any foundation and basement for these things, and therefore they cannot satisfy the insatiable appetite of their souls.

> Greek: 46.4. ἀλλʼ ὅμως τοῦτο τῆς τύχης ὡς ἀλλότριον ἐκβάλλοντες ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἄδηλον ὀνειρώττουσιν, εἰκότα πάσχοντες, πρὶν γὰρ ἐκ λόγου καὶ παιδείας ἕδραν ὑποβαλέσθαι καὶ κρηπῖδα τοῖς ἔξωθεν ἀγαθοῖς, συνάγοντες αὐτὰ καὶ συμφοροῦντες ἐμπλῆσαι τῆς ψυχῆς οὐ δύνανται τὸ ἀκόρεστον.

[¶53] 46.5. So, then, Marius died, seventeen days after entering upon his seventh consulship. And immediately Rome was filled with great rejoicing and a confident hope that she was rid of a grievous tyranny; but in a few days the people perceived that they had got a nerve and vigorous master in exchange for the old one; such bitterness and cruelty did the younger Marius display, putting to death the best and most esteemed citizens.

> Greek: 46.5. ἀποθνῄσκει δ’ οὖν Μάριος ἡμέρας ἑπτακαίδεκα τῆς ἑβδόμης ὑπατείας ἐπιλαβών. καὶ μέγα ἔσχε παραυτίκα τὴν Ῥώμην χάρμα καὶ θάρσος ὡς χαλεπῆς τυραννίδος ἀπηλλαγμένην· ὀλίγαις δὲ ἡμέραις ᾔσθοντο νέον ἀντηλλαγμένοι καὶ ἀκμάζοντα ἀντὶ πρεσβύτου δεσπότην τοσαύτην ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ Μάριος ὠμότητα καὶ πικρίαν ἀπεδείξατο, τοὺς ἀρίστους καὶ δοκιμωτάτους ἀναιρῶν.

[¶54] 46.6. He got the reputation of being bold and fond of danger in fighting his enemies, and in the beginning was called a son of Mars; but his deeds soon showed what he really was, and he was called instead a son of Venus. And finally he was shut up in Praeneste by Sulla, and after many vain attempts to save his life, when the city was captured and he could not escape, he slew himself.

> Greek: 46.6. δόξας δὲ καὶ τολμητὴς καὶ φιλοκίνδυνος εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐν ἀρχῇ παῖς Ἄρεος ὠνομάζετο, ταχὺ δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις ἐλεγχόμενος αὖθις Ἀφροδίτης υἱὸς ἐκαλεῖτο. τέλος δὲ κατακλεισθεὶς εἰς Πραινεστὸν ὑπὸ Σύλλα καὶ πολλὰ φιλοψυχήσας μάτην, ὡς ἦν ἄφυκτα τῆς πόλεως ἁλισκομένης, αὐτὸς αὑτὸν ἀπέκτεινεν.